Updated Spanish translation.

2006-08-01  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@openshine.com>

	* es.po: Updated Spanish translation.

5 files changed, 11520 insertions, 2 deletions

diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index fae29cd..048d9f6 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,5 +1,9 @@
 2006-08-01  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@openshine.com>
 
+	* gnome2-system-admin-guide: Added Spanish translation.
+	
+2006-08-01  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@openshine.com>	
+
 	* gnome2-accesibility-guide: Added Spanish translation.
 
 2006-07-31  Francisco Javier F. Serrador  <serrador@openshine.com>
diff --git a/gnome2-accessibility-guide/Makefile.am b/gnome2-accessibility-guide/Makefile.am
index e802841..dc05463 100644
--- a/gnome2-accessibility-guide/Makefile.am
+++ b/gnome2-accessibility-guide/Makefile.am
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ DOC_ENTITIES =			\
 	themes.xml		\
 	legal.xml
 
-DOC_LINGUAS = it
+DOC_LINGUAS = es it
 
 install-data-local: install-doc-pdf
 install-doc-pdf:
@@ -24,3 +24,4 @@ install-doc-pdf:
 	    $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$spdf" "$(DESTDIR)$(HELP_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE)/$$pdf"; \
 	  fi; \
 	done
+
diff --git a/gnome2-accessibility-guide/es/es.po b/gnome2-accessibility-guide/es/es.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a16095d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnome2-accessibility-guide/es/es.po
@@ -0,0 +1,6518 @@
+# translation of es.po to Spanish
+# FRancisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>, 2006.
+# Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>, 2006.
+# translation of es.po to
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: es\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-01 14:01+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-01 14:17+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish <traductores@es.gnome.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../C/accessintro.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Accessibility"
+msgstr "Introducción a la accesibilidad"
+
+#: ../C/accessintro.xml:3(para)
+msgid "This chapter introduces you to accessibility in the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr "Este capítulo le introduce a la accesibilidad en el Escritorio GNOME."
+
+#: ../C/accessintro.xml:6(title)
+msgid "Overview of Accessibility"
+msgstr "Vista general de la accesibilidad"
+
+#: ../C/accessintro.xml:8(primary)
+msgid "Section 508"
+msgstr "Sección 508"
+
+#: ../C/accessintro.xml:10(para)
+msgid ""
+"All software products should incorporate accessibility features to enable "
+"people with disabilities to use the software easily and efficiently. Recent "
+"legislation such as Section 508 of the U.S. Rehabilitation Act heightens "
+"awareness of the need to provide accessible software."
+msgstr ""
+"Todos los productos de software deberían incorporar características de "
+"accesibilidad para permitir a las personas con discapacidades usar el "
+"software fácilmente y eficientemente. La reciente legislación como la "
+"Sección 508 del U.S. Rehabilitation Act [] la necesidad de proporcionar "
+"software accesible."
+
+#: ../C/accessintro.xml:15(para)
+msgid ""
+"The GNOME Desktop is easy to use and incorporates many accessibility "
+"features. Every supported application and utility in the GNOME Desktop is "
+"designed with accessibility and usability in mind. Users with physical "
+"disabilities such as low vision or impaired motor skills can use all of the "
+"functionality of the GNOME Desktop thanks to the customization tools that "
+"are available. The customization tools enable you to customize the "
+"appearance and behavior of the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+"El Escritorio GNOME es fácil de usar e incorpora muchas características de "
+"accesibilidad. Cada aplicación y utilidad soportada en el Escritorio GNOME "
+"está diseñada con accesibilidad y usabilidad en mente. Los usuarios con "
+"discapacidades físicas como visión deficiente o discapacidades motoras "
+"pueden usar toda la funcionalidad del Escritorio GNOME gracias a las "
+"herramientas de personalización que están disponibles. Las herramientas de "
+"personalización le permiten personalizar la apariencia y comportamiento del "
+"escritorio."
+
+#: ../C/accessintro.xml:21(para)
+msgid ""
+"The ability to easily customize the GNOME Desktop contributes greatly to the "
+"accessibility of the desktop. This guide describes the various customization "
+"options that you can use to tailor the desktop to suit your particular needs."
+msgstr ""
+"La capacidad para personalizar fácilmente el Escritorio GNOME contribuye en "
+"gran medida a la accesibilidad del Escritorio. Esta guía describe las "
+"diversas opciones de adaptación que puede usar para adaptar el escritorio "
+"para que se ajuste a sus necesidades particulares."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Using the Assistive Technologies"
+msgstr "Usar tecnologías de asistencia"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:3(para)
+msgid ""
+"The GNOME Desktop contains the following applications to enable users with a "
+"physical disability to use the desktop:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:8(application) ../C/ats.xml:24(title) ../C/ats.xml:26(primary)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:941(primary)
+msgid "On-Screen Keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:13(application) ../C/ats.xml:72(title)
+#: ../C/ats.xml:74(primary) ../C/ats.xml:103(primary)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:528(primary)
+msgid "Screen Reader and Magnifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:18(para)
+msgid ""
+"Before you can use the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> and "
+"<application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application> on Solaris systems, "
+"you must follow the steps outlined in <xref linkend=\"sysadmin-55\"/> of "
+"this guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:29(primary)
+msgid "GOK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:31(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> application displays "
+"virtual keyboards on your desktop. You can use the standard mouse pointer or "
+"alternative pointing device to operate the virtual keyboards. "
+"<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> displays the following types "
+"of keyboards:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:36(para)
+msgid ""
+"Compose keyboards that enable you to compose text. To type alphanumeric "
+"characters, you select the characters on the compose keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:40(para)
+msgid ""
+"Dynamic keyboards that <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> "
+"generates to reflect the applications that are currently running on the "
+"desktop. For example, <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> "
+"generates keyboards that contain keys to represent the applications that are "
+"running on your desktop or the menus that are contained in an application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:47(para)
+msgid ""
+"To start <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>, choose "
+"<menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Accessibility</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>On-Screen Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. For "
+"more information about the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> "
+"application, see the online Help for <application>On-Screen Keyboard</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para iniciar el <application>Teclado en pantalla</application> elija <menuchoice><guimenu>Aplicaciones</guimenu><guisubmenu>Accesibilidad</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Teclado en pantalla</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Para más información "
+"acerca de la aplicación <application>Teclado en pantalla</application>, vea la ayuda en línea del <application>Teclado en pantalla</application>."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:50(title)
+msgid "Maximizing Application Windows for On-Screen Keyboard Users"
+msgstr "Maximización de ventanas de aplicación para usuarios del teclado en pantalla"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:52(primary)
+msgid "maximizing Terminal for On-Screen Keyboard users"
+msgstr "Maximizar un terminal para los usuarios del teclado en pantalla"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:54(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you are an <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> user, you cannot "
+"use any application in Full Screen mode because the application window "
+"obscures the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> display."
+msgstr "Si es un usuario del <application>Teclado en pantalla</application>, no puede usar ninguna aplicación en modo Pantalla completa porque la ventana de la aplicación oscurece el visor del <application>Teclado en pantalla</application>."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:57(para)
+msgid ""
+"To resize the window for use with the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</"
+"application> application, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr "Para redimensionar la ventana para usarla con la aplicación <application>Teclado en pantalla</application>, realice los pasos siguientes:"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:60(para)
+msgid "Do not enable the Full Screen mode in the application."
+msgstr "No active el modo a pantalla completa en la aplicación."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:63(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the application window."
+msgstr "Dé el foco a la ventana de la aplicación."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:66(para)
+msgid "Press <keycap>F10</keycap> to maximize the application."
+msgstr "Pulse la tecla <keycap>F10</keycap> para maximizar la aplicación."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:77(primary)
+msgid "Gnopernicus"
+msgstr "Gnopernicus"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:79(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application> application "
+"enables users with limited vision, or no vision, to use the GNOME Desktop "
+"and associated applications. <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</"
+"application> provides the following functionality:"
+msgstr "La aplicación de <application>Lector de pantalla y magnificador</application> permite a los usuarios con visión limitada, o sin visión, usar el Escritorio GNOME y las aplicaciones asociadas. El <application>Lector de pantalla y magnificador</application> proporciona la siguiente funcionalidad:"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:85(para)
+msgid "Screen reader"
+msgstr "Lector de pantalla"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:86(para)
+msgid ""
+"The screen reader enables non-visual access to standard applications in the "
+"GNOME Desktop, using speech and Braille output."
+msgstr "El lector de pantalla le permite acceso no visual a las aplicaciones estándar en el Escritorio GNOME, usando voz y salida Braille."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:91(para)
+msgid "Magnifier"
+msgstr "Magnificador"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:92(para)
+msgid ""
+"The magnifier provides automated focus tracking and fullscreen magnification "
+"to aid low-vision users."
+msgstr "El magnificador proporciona seguimiento automático del foco y magnificación a pantalla completa para ayudar a los usuarios con deficiencias visuales."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:96(para)
+msgid ""
+"To start <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application>, choose "
+"<menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Accessibility</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Screen Reader and Magnifier</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice>. For more information about the application, see the online Help "
+"for <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para iniciar el <application>Lector de pantalla y magnificador</application>, elija <menuchoice><guimenu>Aplicaciones</guimenu><guisubmenu>Accessibilidad</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Lector de pantalla y magnificador</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice>. Para más información acerca de la aplicación, vea la ayuda en línea del <application>Lector de pantalla y magnificador</application>."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:101(title)
+msgid "Disabling the Screensaver"
+msgstr "Desactivación del salvapantallas"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:104(secondary)
+msgid "disabling screensaver"
+msgstr "desactivación el salvapantallas"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:107(para)
+msgid ""
+"Before you use <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> or "
+"<application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application>, you must disable the "
+"screensaver. To disable the screensaver, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr "Antes de usar el <application>Teclado en pantalla</application> o el <application>Lector de pantalla y magnificador</application>, debe desactivar el salvapantallas. Para desactivar el salvapantallas, realice los siguientes pasos:"
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:113(para)
+msgid ""
+"Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Desktop "
+"Preferences</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Display</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Screensaver</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <menuchoice><guimenu>Aplicaciones</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferencias del escritorio</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Salvapantallas</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:116(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Display Modes</guilabel> tabbed section, deselect the "
+"<guilabel>Lock Screen After</guilabel> check box."
+msgstr "Pulse en la solapa <guilabel>Modos de pantalla</guilabel>, desmarque la casilla <guilabel>Bloquear pantalla tras</guilabel>."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:120(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Mode</guilabel> drop-down list, select <guilabel>Disable "
+"Screen Saver</guilabel>."
+msgstr "En la lista desplegable <guilabel>Modo</guilabel>, seleccione <guilabel>Desactivar el salvapantallas</guilabel>."
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:123(para)
+msgid ""
+"Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Restart Daemon</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/ats.xml:126(para)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice> to close the <guilabel>Screensaver Preferences</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <menuchoice><guimenu>Escritorio</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferencias</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Teclado</guimenuitem></menuchoice> para iniciar la "
+"herramienta de preferencias del <application>Teclado</application>."
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:765(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/accessx.png'; md5=0ff78dfbc2101b109b64eb3672c11a4b"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/accessx.png'; md5=0ff78dfbc2101b109b64eb3672c11a4b"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:783(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/bouncekeys.png'; md5=cff25b6e1db7bfedc2517abc34444706"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/bouncekeys.png'; md5=cff25b6e1db7bfedc2517abc34444706"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:801(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/mousekeys.png'; md5=2d6989b948f744f949c344b0cf96136b"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/mousekeys.png'; md5=2d6989b948f744f949c344b0cf96136b"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:818(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/slowkeys.png'; md5=8714235e4f0faae5d914b19436596233"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/slowkeys.png'; md5=8714235e4f0faae5d914b19436596233"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:835(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/stickyaltlatch.png'; md5=77f5fd818a89aebd05f56d8bedef7d11"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/stickyaltlatch.png'; md5=77f5fd818a89aebd05f56d8bedef7d11"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:853(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/stickyaltlock.png'; md5=23cbf9498b55526e2dc0e80b2d409628"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/stickyaltlock.png'; md5=23cbf9498b55526e2dc0e80b2d409628"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:871(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/stickyctrllatch.png'; md5=f85ce888003a0f875496d42a9f19c508"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/stickyctrllatch.png'; md5=f85ce888003a0f875496d42a9f19c508"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:889(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/stickyctrllock.png'; md5=58d0972c476a9c1e9f077d343fda6ab4"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/stickyctrllock.png'; md5=58d0972c476a9c1e9f077d343fda6ab4"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:907(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/stickyshiftlatch.png'; md5=c88cab16d9c86d9ee102fe04d8278d6b"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/stickyshiftlatch.png'; md5=c88cab16d9c86d9ee102fe04d8278d6b"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:925(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/stickyshiftlock.png'; md5=bae566b7fe0b61c44ecae952880e0db3"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/stickyshiftlock.png'; md5=bae566b7fe0b61c44ecae952880e0db3"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:943(None)
+msgid ""
+"@@image: 'figures/stickywindowlatch.png'; "
+"md5=cdfb5e24d83b7264647136c9c8efef08"
+msgstr ""
+"@@image: 'figures/stickywindowlatch.png'; "
+"md5=cdfb5e24d83b7264647136c9c8efef08"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:962(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/stickywindowlock.png'; md5=8fe5f82535f7aeb54dacc2d05b777299"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/stickywindowlock.png'; md5=8fe5f82535f7aeb54dacc2d05b777299"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Configuring the Mouse and Keyboard"
+msgstr "Configurar el ratón y el teclado"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:3(para)
+msgid ""
+"This chapter describes how to configure the mouse and keyboard to make these "
+"devices accessible to more users."
+msgstr ""
+"Este capítulo describe cómo configurar el ratón y el teclado para hacer "
+"estos dispositivos accesibles a más usuarios."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:6(title)
+msgid "Configuring the Mouse"
+msgstr "Configurar el ratón"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:7(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <guilabel>Mouse</guilabel> preference tool to configure the mouse to "
+"suit your needs. To open the <guilabel>Mouse</guilabel> preference tool, "
+"choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Desktop</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mouse</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The "
+"<guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Use la herramienta de preferencias <guilabel>Ratón</guilabel> para "
+"configurar el ratón para que se adapte a sus necesidades. Para abrir la "
+"herramienta de preferencia del <guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>, elija "
+"<menuchoice><guimenu>Escritorio</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferencias</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Ratón</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Se muestra el "
+"diálogo de <guilabel>Preferencias del ratón</guilabel>."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:11(title)
+msgid "To Configure the Behavior of the Mouse"
+msgstr "Para configurar el comportamiento del ratón"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:12(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following sections describe how to modify the behavior of the mouse to "
+"suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Las siguientes secciones describen cómo modificar el comportamiento del "
+"ratón para adaptarlo a sus necesidades."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:15(title)
+msgid "To Configure the Mouse for Left-Handed Use"
+msgstr "Para configurar el ratón para uso por zurdos"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:17(primary) ../C/dtconfig.xml:28(primary)
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:62(primary) ../C/dtconfig.xml:90(primary)
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:106(primary)
+msgid "mouse"
+msgstr "ratón"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:18(secondary)
+msgid "left-handed"
+msgstr "zurdos"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:20(para)
+msgid ""
+"To configure the mouse for left-handed use, click on the <guilabel>Buttons</"
+"guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog, then "
+"select the <guilabel>Left-handed mouse</guilabel> option. When you select "
+"this option, the system swaps the functions of the left mouse button and the "
+"right mouse button immediately."
+msgstr ""
+"Para configurar el ratón para uso por zurdos, pulse en la solapa "
+"<guilabel>Botones</guilabel> en el diálogo de preferencias "
+"<guilabel>Preferencias del ratón</guilabel>, después seleccione la opción "
+"<guilabel>Ratón para zurdos</guilabel>. Cuando selecciona esta opción, el "
+"sistema intercambia las funciones del botón izquierdo del ratón y el botón "
+"derecho del ratón inmediatamente."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:26(title)
+msgid "To Configure the Double-Click Behavior"
+msgstr "Para configurar el comportamiento de la doble pulsación"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:29(secondary)
+msgid "double-click behavior"
+msgstr "comportamiento de la doble pulsación"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:31(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you have difficulty double-clicking, you can increase the period of time "
+"that the system allows to elapse between the first click and the second "
+"click of a double-click. For example, if the double-click timeout setting is "
+"0.4 seconds, you must perform the second click of a double-click within 0.4 "
+"seconds of the first click. If the second click occurs more than 0.4 seconds "
+"after the first click, the system interprets the two clicks as two single "
+"clicks."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene dificultad para realizar la doble pulsación, puede aumentar el "
+"período de tiempo que el sistema permite pasar entre la primera pulsación y "
+"la segunda pulsación de una pulsación doble. Por ejemplo, si el tiempo para "
+"una doble pulsación son 0,4 segundos, debe realizar la segunda pulsación de "
+"una pulsación doble dentro de los 0,4 segundos siguientes a la primera "
+"pulsación. Si la segunda pulsación ocurre más tarde de los 0,4 segundos "
+"después de la primera pulsación, el sistema interpreta las dos pulsaciones "
+"como dos pulsaciones simples."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:38(para)
+msgid "To configure the double-click timeout setting, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para configurar el lapso de tiempo para las dobles pulsaciones, realice los "
+"pasos siguientes:"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:42(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guilabel>Buttons</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse "
+"Preferences</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse en la solapa <guilabel>Botones</guilabel> en el diálogo de "
+"<guilabel>Preferencias del ratón</guilabel>."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:45(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <guilabel>Timeout</guilabel> slider to specify the timeout in "
+"seconds that the system allows between the two clicks of a double-click. "
+"Moving the slider to the right will increase the timeout interval in 0.1 "
+"second intervals. In the same manner, moving the slider to the left will "
+"decrease the timeout in 0.1 second intervals."
+msgstr ""
+"Use el deslizador <guilabel>Tiempo de espera</guilabel> para especificar el "
+"tiempo de espera en milisegundos que el sistema permitirá entre las dos "
+"pulsaciones de una doble pulsación. Moviendo el deslizador a la derecha se "
+"incrementará el intervalo del tiempo de espera en intervalos de 0,1 "
+"segundos. De la misma manera, moviendo el deslizador a la derecha "
+"decrementará el intervalo en intervalos de 0,1 segundos."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:49(para)
+msgid ""
+"Double-click on the light bulb to the right of the slider to test the "
+"setting. If you perform the two clicks of the double-click within the "
+"timeout specified, the light bulb lights up fully to display a yellow glow "
+"around the bulb. If you do not double-click within the timeout specified, "
+"the light bulb does not light fully. You should increase the timeout setting "
+"and try again. When the light bulb lights, the timeout setting is suitable "
+"for your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse dos veces en la bombilla a la derecha del deslizador para probar el "
+"ajuste. Si realiza las dos pulsaciones de la pulsación doble dentro del "
+"intervalo especificado, la bombilla se encenderá completamente para mostrar "
+"una luz amarilla alrededor de la bombilla. Si no hace la pulsación doble "
+"dentro del tiempo de espera especificado, la bombilla no se enciende por "
+"completo. Debería incrementar el ajuste del tiempo de espera e intentar de "
+"nuevo. Cuando la bombilla brille, el ajuste del tiempo de espera es el "
+"apropiado para sus necesidades."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:60(title)
+msgid "To Change the Size of the Mouse Pointer"
+msgstr "Para cambiar el tamaño del puntero del ratón"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:63(secondary)
+msgid "pointer size"
+msgstr "tamaño del puntero"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:66(primary)
+msgid "pointer"
+msgstr "puntero"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:67(secondary)
+msgid "size"
+msgstr "tamaño"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:69(para)
+msgid ""
+"To change the size of the mouse pointer that is displayed on the desktop, "
+"perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para cambiar el tamaño del puntero del ratón que se muestra en el "
+"escritorio, realice los siguientes pasos:"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:73(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guilabel>Pointers</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse "
+"Preferences</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse en la solapa <guilabel>Punteros</guilabel> en el diálogo de "
+"<guilabel>Preferencias del ratón</guilabel>."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:76(para)
+msgid "This will display a list of pointer themes and sizes available."
+msgstr "Esto mostrará una lista de temas de punteros y tamaños disponibles."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:79(para)
+msgid ""
+"By default, GNOME does not include mouse pointer themes. Information about "
+"installing and using pointer themes can be found in the <ulink type=\"help\" "
+"url=\"ghelp:user-guide?goscustdesk-54\">User Guide</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por omisión, GNOME no incluye temas de punteros del ratón. La información "
+"acerca de instalar y usar temas de punteros se puede encontrar en la  <ulink "
+"type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?goscustdesk-54\">Guía de usuario</"
+"ulink>."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:84(para)
+msgid ""
+"On some platforms you must log out and log in again for this setting to take "
+"effect."
+msgstr ""
+"En algunas plataformas, debe salir y entrar de nuevo para que este ajuste "
+"tenga efecto."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:88(title)
+msgid "To Locate the Mouse Pointer"
+msgstr "Para encontrar el puntero del ratón"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:91(secondary)
+msgid "locating pointer"
+msgstr "localización del puntero"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:93(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you have difficulty locating the mouse pointer on the screen, you can "
+"enable an option to highlight the pointer when you press the "
+"<keycap>Control</keycap> key. To enable this option, click on the "
+"<guilabel>Pointers</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</"
+"guilabel> dialog, then select the <guilabel>Highlight the pointer when you "
+"press Ctrl</guilabel> option. When you press <keycap>Control</keycap>, the "
+"system displays an animation around the pointer to highlight the pointer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene dificultad para ubicar el puntero del ratón en la pantalla, puede "
+"activar una opción para resaltar el puntero cuando pulse la tecla "
+"<keycap>Control</keycap>. Para activar esta opción, pulse en la solapa "
+"<guilabel>Punteros</guilabel> en el diálogo de <guilabel>Preferencias del "
+"ratón</guilabel>, después seleccione la opción <guilabel>Resaltar el puntero "
+"cuando pulse Ctrl</guilabel>. Cuando pulse <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, el sistema "
+"mostrará una animación alrededor del puntero para resaltar el puntero."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:99(para)
+msgid ""
+"On some platforms, you must log out and log in again before this setting "
+"takes effect."
+msgstr ""
+"En algunas plataformas, debe salir y entrar de nuevo antes de que el ajuste "
+"surta efecto."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:104(title)
+msgid "To Configure the Speed and Sensitivity of the Mouse"
+msgstr "Para configurar la Velocidad y Sensibilidad del ratón"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:107(secondary)
+msgid "speed and sensitivity"
+msgstr "velocidad y sensibilidad"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:109(para)
+msgid ""
+"To configure the speed and sensitivity of the mouse, perform the following "
+"steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para configurar la velocidad y sensibilidad del ratón, realice los "
+"siguientes pasos:"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:113(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guilabel>Motion</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse "
+"Preferences</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse en la solapa <guilabel>Movimiento</guilabel> en el diálogo de "
+"<guilabel>Preferencias del ratón</guilabel>."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:116(para)
+msgid "Configure the following options:"
+msgstr "Configure las siguientes opciones:"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:119(term)
+msgid "Acceleration"
+msgstr "Aceleración"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:121(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the slider to specify the speed at which the mouse pointer moves around "
+"the screen when you move your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Use el deslizador para especificar la velocidad a la que el puntero del "
+"ratón se mueve por la pantalla cuando mueve su ratón."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:124(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you select a low setting, the mouse pointer moves at a speed similar to "
+"the speed at which you are physically moving the mouse. This means that you "
+"need to physically move the mouse larger distances to cover the screen area. "
+"If you select a high setting, the mouse pointer moves at a faster speed than "
+"the speed at which you physically move the mouse. This means that you need "
+"to physically move the mouse small distances to cover the screen area."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona un ajuste bajo, el puntero del ratón se mueve a una velocidad "
+"similar a la que velocidad a la que mueve físicamente el ratón. Esto "
+"significa que necesita mover el ratón físicamente distancias más grandes "
+"para cubrir el área de la pantalla. Si selecciona un ajuste alto, el puntero "
+"del ratón se mueve a una velocidad más rápida que la velocidad a la que "
+"físicamente mueve el ratón. Esto significa que usted necesita mover "
+"físicamente el ratón distancias pequeñas para cubrir el área de la pantalla."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:133(term)
+msgid "Sensitivity"
+msgstr "Sensibilidad"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:135(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the slider to specify how responsive the mouse pointer is to movements "
+"of your mouse. Moving the slider to the right will increase the sensitivity "
+"and moving it to the left will decrease the sensitivity."
+msgstr ""
+"Use el deslizador para especificar cuanto responde el puntero del ratón al "
+"movimiento de su ratón. Moviendo el deslizador a la derecha incrementará la "
+"sensibilidad y moviéndolo a la izquierda decrementará su sensibilidad."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:140(term)
+msgid "Threshold"
+msgstr "Umbral"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:142(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the slider to specify the distance that you must move an item before the "
+"system interprets the move action as a drag-and-drop action."
+msgstr ""
+"Use el deslizador para especificar la distancia a la que debe mover un "
+"elemento antes de que el sistema interprete la acción de movimiento como una "
+"acción de arrastre-y-suelte."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:153(title)
+msgid "To Configure the Cursor"
+msgstr "Para configurar el cursor"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:155(primary)
+msgid "cursor"
+msgstr "cursor"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:156(secondary)
+msgid "stop blinking"
+msgstr "no parpadear"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:158(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following section describes how to modify the display characteristics of "
+"the cursor."
+msgstr ""
+"La sección siguiente describe cómo modificar las características de "
+"visualización del cursor."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:161(title)
+msgid "To Stop the Cursor Blinking"
+msgstr "Para parar el parpadeo del cursor"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:162(para)
+msgid ""
+"To stop the cursor blinking in text boxes and fields, perform the following "
+"steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para parar el parpadeo del cursor en las cajas de texto y los campos de "
+"entrada, realice los pasos siguientes:"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:166(para)
+msgid ""
+"Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Desktop</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to start the "
+"<application>Keyboard</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <menuchoice><guimenu>Escritorio</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferencias</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Teclado</guimenuitem></menuchoice> para iniciar la "
+"herramienta de preferencias del <application>Teclado</application>."
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:169(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel> tabbed section, deselect the "
+"<guilabel>Cursor blinks in text boxes and fields</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:176(title)
+msgid "To Use the Keyboard to Emulate the Mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:177(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you have difficulty using a mouse, you can use the keyboard to emulate "
+"the mouse functions. See <xref linkend=\"dtconfig-14\"/> of this guide for "
+"more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:183(title)
+msgid "Configuring the Keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:184(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, to configure "
+"the keyboard accessibility options. To open the <application>Keyboard</"
+"application> preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Desktop</"
+"guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard</"
+"guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Accessibility options can be enabled by selecting "
+"<guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel>. This will open a new dialog, "
+"<application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences</application>, also known as "
+"<application>AccessX</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:186(para)
+msgid ""
+"Before you can use the <application>Keyboard Accessibility</application> "
+"preference tool on Solaris systems, you must follow the steps outlined in "
+"<xref linkend=\"sysadmin-55\"/> of this guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:189(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</guilabel> dialog "
+"enables you to customize your keyboard in the following ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:193(para)
+msgid ""
+"To use the numeric keypad to emulate mouse actions. See <xref linkend="
+"\"dtconfig-14\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:196(para)
+msgid ""
+"To specify the duration for which you must press-and-hold a key before the "
+"system accepts the keypress. See <xref linkend=\"dtconfig-15\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:200(para)
+msgid ""
+"To ignore rapid, repeated keypresses of the same key. See <xref linkend="
+"\"dtconfig-16\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:203(para)
+msgid ""
+"To accept key combinations in sequence rather than simultaneously. See <xref "
+"linkend=\"dtconfig-17\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:207(para)
+msgid ""
+"To emit an audible notification when a user activates or deactivates a "
+"toggle key. See <xref linkend=\"dtconfig-18\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:211(para)
+msgid ""
+"To ignore long keypresses of the same key and control the repeat rate of a "
+"keypress. See <xref linkend=\"dtconfig-19\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:216(title)
+msgid "To Activate the Keyboard Accessibility Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:218(primary)
+msgid "keyboard accessibility options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:220(para)
+msgid "To activate the keyboard accessibility options, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:223(para)
+msgid ""
+"Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Desktop</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select "
+"<guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:226(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the <guilabel>Enable keyboard accessibility features</guilabel> "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:229(para)
+msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:232(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the <guilabel>Beep when features turned on or off from keyboard</"
+"guilabel> option to receive an audible notification each time a user enables "
+"or disables a keyboard accessibility option using the following keyboard "
+"shortcuts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:238(para)
+msgid ""
+"Press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds to enable or disable "
+"the slow keys feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:242(para)
+msgid ""
+"Press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times to enable or disable the sticky keys "
+"feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:248(para)
+msgid ""
+"To automatically disable the keyboard accessibility options if the options "
+"are not used for a specified number of seconds, select the <guilabel>Disable "
+"if unused for X seconds</guilabel> option. Use the slider to specify the "
+"number of seconds of keyboard idle time required before the system disables "
+"the keyboard accessibility options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:252(para)
+msgid ""
+"This option is intended for computers that are shared by a number of "
+"different users, some of whom require the keyboard accessibility options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:256(para)
+msgid "Changes made will be instantly applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:261(title)
+msgid "To Enable the Keyboard to Emulate the Mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:263(primary)
+msgid "mouse keys"
+msgstr "teclas del ratón"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:265(para)
+msgid ""
+"The mouse keys feature enables you to use the numeric keypad on the keyboard "
+"to emulate mouse actions. This feature benefits users who have difficulty "
+"using a mouse or other pointing device. To enable and configure the mouse "
+"keys feature, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:272(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</"
+"application> dialog, select the <guilabel>Mouse Keys</guilabel> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:275(para)
+msgid "Select the <guilabel>Enable Mouse Keys</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:278(para)
+msgid ""
+"Configure the following options to determine the behavior of the mouse "
+"pointer when you control the pointer from the numeric keypad:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:283(guilabel)
+msgid "Maximum pointer speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:286(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use this spin box to specify the maximum speed, in pixels per second, at "
+"which the pointer moves around the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:292(guilabel)
+msgid "Time to accelerate to maximum speed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:295(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use this spin box to specify the duration, in milliseconds, before the "
+"pointer accelerates to the maximum pointer speed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:301(guilabel)
+msgid "Delay between keypress and pointer movement"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:304(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use this spin box to specify the interval, in milliseconds, between a "
+"keypress and the time when the pointer starts to move."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:312(para)
+msgid ""
+"When you enable mouse keys, the keys on the numeric keypad have the "
+"following functions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:315(title)
+msgid "Numeric Keypad to Mouse Function Mapping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:322(para)
+msgid "Numeric Keypad Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:325(para) ../C/dtconfig.xml:404(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:38(para) ../C/keynav.xml:141(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:245(para) ../C/keynav.xml:361(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:467(para) ../C/keynav.xml:645(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:711(para) ../C/keynav.xml:789(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:853(para) ../C/keynav.xml:917(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:964(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1039(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1128(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1197(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1241(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1378(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1488(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1577(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1651(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1703(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1871(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1993(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2057(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2108(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2159(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2284(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2479(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2540(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2636(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2686(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2818(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2923(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2973(para) ../C/keynav.xml:3029(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3080(para) ../C/keynav.xml:3290(para)
+msgid "Function"
+msgstr "Función"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:332(para)
+msgid "1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:335(para)
+msgid "Move the mouse pointer around the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:340(para)
+msgid "5"
+msgstr "5"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:343(para)
+msgid "Mouse button click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:348(para)
+msgid "0"
+msgstr "0"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:351(para)
+msgid "Mouse button toggle"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:356(para)
+msgid "/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:359(para)
+msgid "Primary mouse button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:364(para)
+msgid "*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:367(para)
+msgid "Secondary mouse button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:372(para)
+msgid "-"
+msgstr "-"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:375(para)
+msgid "Tertiary mouse button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:382(para)
+msgid ""
+"The toggle mouse button key enable the currently selected mouse button until "
+"the <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> key is pressed. This allows you "
+"to perform drag and drop operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:384(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> emulates the currently selected "
+"mouse button. Pressing <keycap>/</keycap>, <keycap>*</keycap> or <keycap>-</"
+"keycap> will change the behaviour of this. The currently selected mouse "
+"button can be seen in the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status</"
+"application> panel application, discussed in <xref linkend=\"dtconfig-21\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:387(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Primary mouse button</guilabel> is the left mouse button for "
+"right handed people. The <guilabel>Secondary mouse button</guilabel> is the "
+"right mouse button and the <guilabel>Tertiary mouse button</guilabel> is the "
+"middle mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:390(para)
+msgid ""
+"Some Solaris systems also use the function keys to emulate the mouse "
+"buttons. The common function key to mouse button mappings are described in "
+"the following table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:394(title)
+msgid "Function Key to Mouse Function Mapping on Solaris Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:401(para)
+msgid "Function Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:411(para) ../C/keynav.xml:157(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:310(keycap)
+msgid "F2"
+msgstr "F2"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:414(para)
+msgid "Mouse button 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:419(para)
+msgid "F3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:422(para)
+msgid "Mouse button 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:427(para) ../C/keynav.xml:979(keycap)
+msgid "F4"
+msgstr "F4"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:430(para)
+msgid "Mouse button 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:438(title)
+msgid "To Enable the Slow Keys Feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:440(primary)
+msgid "slow keys"
+msgstr "teclas lentas"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:442(para)
+msgid ""
+"The slow keys feature enables you to customize how the keyboard handles user "
+"input in the following ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:447(para)
+msgid ""
+"Specify the duration for which you must press-and-hold a key before the "
+"system accepts the keypress. This aspect of the feature benefits users who "
+"frequently press keys that they do not intend to press."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:452(para)
+msgid ""
+"Enable audible indications of keyboard input and acceptance. This aspect of "
+"the feature benefits users who cannot see the result of a keypress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:456(para)
+msgid "To enable and configure the slow keys feature, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:460(para)
+msgid ""
+"From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</"
+"application> dialog, select the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:463(para)
+msgid "Select the <guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:465(para)
+msgid ""
+"To select or deselect the slow keys feature from the keyboard, press-and-"
+"hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds. This will present a dialog "
+"confirming that you with slow keys enabled. The <keycap>Shift</keycap> "
+"keyboard shortcut automatically selects all of the slow keys options. If you "
+"selected the <guilabel>Beep when features turned on or off from the "
+"keyboard</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab, after four "
+"seconds the system beeps three times to indicate that the system is about to "
+"select or deselect the feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:472(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <guilabel>Only accept keys held for</guilabel> slider or spin box to "
+"specify the duration, in milliseconds, for which you must press-and-hold a "
+"key before the system accepts the keypress. Use the <guilabel>Type to test "
+"settings</guilabel> text box to test the slow keys setting and modify the "
+"setting as required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:479(para)
+msgid ""
+"To enable audible indications of keyboard input and acceptance, select the "
+"following options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:484(guilabel)
+msgid "Beep when key is pressed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:487(para)
+msgid "Select this option to hear a beep when you press a key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:492(guilabel)
+msgid "Beep when key is accepted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:495(para)
+msgid "Select this option to hear a beep when the system accepts a keypress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:501(guilabel)
+msgid "Beep when key is rejected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:504(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select this option to hear a beep when the system rejects a keypress. The "
+"system rejects a keypress if you do not press-and-hold the key for the "
+"duration that is specified in the <guilabel>Only accept keys held for</"
+"guilabel> spin box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:515(title)
+msgid "To Enable the Bounce Keys Feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:517(primary)
+msgid "bounce keys"
+msgstr "rechazo de teclas"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:519(para)
+msgid ""
+"The bounce keys feature enables you to customize the keyboard to ignore "
+"rapid, repeated keypresses of the same key. For example, users with impaired "
+"motor skills might press the same key several times when they intend to "
+"press the key once. This feature enables you to customize the keyboard to "
+"ignore repeated keypresses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:524(para)
+msgid "To enable and configure the bounce keys feature, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:528(para)
+msgid ""
+"From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</"
+"application> dialog select the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:531(para)
+msgid "Select the <guilabel>Enable Bounce Keys</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:534(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <guilabel>Ignore duplicate keypresses within</guilabel> slider or "
+"spin box to specify the duration in milliseconds (ms) after the first "
+"keypress for which the system ignores repeated keypresses of the same key. "
+"For example, if you select a duration of 500 ms, the system ignores all "
+"repeated keypresses of the same key that occur within 500 ms of the first "
+"keypress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:542(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the <guilabel>Beep if key is rejected</guilabel> option to hear an "
+"audible indication when the system ignores a key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:547(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you want to enable the bounce keys feature, ensure that the "
+"<guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option is deselected. The slow keys "
+"feature requires you to press a key for a specified duration before the "
+"system accepts the keypress as a valid keypress. If you cannot press the key "
+"for the duration that is specified by the slow keys setting, deselect the "
+"<guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option to enable the system to accept "
+"your input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:555(title)
+msgid "To Enable the Sticky Keys Feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:557(primary)
+msgid "sticky keys"
+msgstr "teclas persistentes"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:559(para)
+msgid ""
+"The sticky keys feature enables you to press the keys in a key combination "
+"in sequence rather than simultaneously. This feature is designed for users "
+"who are unable to press two or more keys simultaneously."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:563(para)
+msgid "To enable and configure the sticky keys feature, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:567(para) ../C/dtconfig.xml:711(para)
+msgid ""
+"From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</"
+"application> select the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:570(para)
+msgid "Select the <guilabel>Enable Sticky Keys</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:572(para)
+msgid ""
+"To enable the sticky keys feature from the keyboard, press <keycap>Shift</"
+"keycap> five times. This will present a dialog confirming that you with to "
+"enable sticky keys. The <keycap>Shift</keycap> keyboard shortcut "
+"automatically selects all of the sticky keys options. If you selected the "
+"<guilabel>Beep when features turned on or off from the keyboard</guilabel> "
+"option, the system beeps to indicate that the system is about to select or "
+"deselect the feature. When active, pressing <keycap>shift</keycap> five "
+"times in a row will present a dialog asking if you want to disable sticky "
+"keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:580(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the <guilabel>Beep when modifier is pressed</guilabel> option to "
+"receive an audible indication each time you press a modifier key such as "
+"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, <keycap>Alt</keycap>, or <keycap>Shift</keycap>. This "
+"option is useful to remind you whether a modifier key is active or inactive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:586(para)
+msgid ""
+"Selecting the <guilabel>Disable if two keys pressed together</guilabel> "
+"option will present a dialog with the option to disable sticky keys if two "
+"keys are pressed at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:590(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can use the sticky keys feature in latch or lock mode. The following "
+"table describes how to choose a mode and the difference between the two "
+"modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:593(title)
+msgid "Sticky Keys Latch or Lock Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:601(para)
+msgid "To use the sticky keys feature in..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:604(para)
+msgid "Press the modifier key..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:607(para)
+msgid "The modifier key remains active until..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:615(para)
+msgid "Latch mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:618(para)
+msgid "Once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:621(para)
+msgid "You press a non-modifier key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:627(para)
+msgid "Lock mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:630(para)
+msgid "Twice in quick succession."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:633(para)
+msgid "You press the modifier key again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:639(para)
+msgid ""
+"Example 1: If you want to press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</"
+"keycap></keycombo>, do the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:643(para)
+msgid ""
+"Press <keycap>Alt</keycap> to latch the modifier key. The <keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap> key remains active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:646(para)
+msgid ""
+"Press <keycap>F1</keycap>. The key combination is now complete. After you "
+"press <keycap>F1</keycap>, the <keycap>Alt</keycap> modifier key is no "
+"longer active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:651(para)
+msgid ""
+"Example 2: If you want to press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo>, do the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:654(para)
+msgid ""
+"Press <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> twice to lock the modifier key. The "
+"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key remains active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:658(para)
+msgid "Press <keycap>Alt</keycap>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:661(para)
+msgid "Press <keycap>Tab</keycap>. The key combination is now complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:664(para)
+msgid "To unlock the modifier key, press <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:669(title)
+msgid "To Enable Audible Notifications for Toggle Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:671(primary)
+msgid "toggle keys"
+msgstr "conmutar teclas"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:672(secondary)
+msgid "enabling audio notifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:674(para)
+msgid ""
+"A toggle key is any key on the keyboard that can switch between two states. "
+"The <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>, <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>, and "
+"<keycap>Scroll Lock</keycap> keys are toggle keys. Most toggle keys have an "
+"associated light emitting diode (LED) on the keyboard that lights when the "
+"toggle key is active. To assist users with visual impairments, you can "
+"customize the keyboard to emit an audible notification when a user presses a "
+"toggle key. For example, when you press <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>, you can "
+"determine whether the key is toggled or not toggled by the sound that the "
+"keyboard emits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:683(para)
+msgid "To enable accessible toggle keys, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:686(para)
+msgid ""
+"From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccesX)</"
+"application> select the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:689(para)
+msgid "Select the <guilabel>Enable Toggle Keys</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:692(para)
+msgid ""
+"When you activate the <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>, <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>, "
+"or <keycap>Scroll Lock</keycap> keys, the system beeps once. When you "
+"deactivate a toggle key, the system beeps twice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:697(title)
+msgid "To Enable the Repeat Keys Feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:699(primary)
+msgid "repeat keys"
+msgstr "repetición de teclas"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:701(para)
+msgid ""
+"The repeat keys feature enables you to repeat a keystroke multiple times "
+"without pressing the key more than once. This feature is designed for users "
+"who cannot release keys quickly, for example users who operate a mouth "
+"stick. When you enable repeat keys, you can specify the duration for which "
+"you must press a key before the key starts to repeat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:707(para)
+msgid "To enable and configure the repeat keys feature, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:714(para)
+msgid "Select the <guilabel>Enable Repeat Keys</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:717(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider or spin box to specify the "
+"duration for which you must press a key before the keyboard interprets the "
+"action as a repeat key. If you have difficulty releasing keys, select a long "
+"time delay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:723(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <guilabel>Speed</guilabel> slider or spin box to specify the speed "
+"at which the keyboard repeats the keypress as input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:730(title)
+msgid "Using the Keyboard Accessibility Status Panel Application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:732(primary)
+msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Status panel application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:734(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status</application> panel "
+"application shows you the status of the keyboard accessibility features. "
+"This panel application displays icons to indicate which keyboard "
+"accessibility features are enabled in the <application>Keyboard "
+"Accessibility</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:739(para)
+msgid ""
+"To add the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status</application> panel "
+"application to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose "
+"<menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu></menuchoice> and select the "
+"<guimenuitem>Keyboard Accessibility Status</guimenuitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:741(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table describes the icons that the panel application displays "
+"and the status that each icon represents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:744(title)
+msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Status Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:751(para) ../C/themes.xml:135(term)
+msgid "Icon"
+msgstr "Icono"
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:754(para)
+msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:768(phrase)
+msgid "Keyboard Accessibility Features enabled icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:774(para)
+msgid ""
+"Keyboard accessibility in general is available but none of the individual "
+"key features are enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:786(phrase)
+msgid "Bounce keys enabled icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:792(para)
+msgid "The bounce keys feature is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:804(phrase)
+msgid "Mouse keys enabled icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:810(para)
+msgid ""
+"The mouse keys feature is enabled. The dot in the mouse button shows which "
+"button is currently associated with the <guilabel>Mouse button click</"
+"guilabel> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:821(phrase)
+msgid "Slow keys enabled icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:827(para)
+msgid "The slow keys feature is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:838(phrase)
+msgid "Alt key latched icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:844(para)
+msgid ""
+"The sticky keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key is "
+"latched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:856(phrase)
+msgid "Alt key locked icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:862(para)
+msgid ""
+"The sticky keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key is "
+"locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:874(phrase)
+msgid "Ctrl key latched icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:880(para)
+msgid ""
+"The sticky keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is "
+"latched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:892(phrase)
+msgid "Ctrl key locked icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:898(para)
+msgid ""
+"The sticky keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is "
+"locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:910(phrase)
+msgid "Shift key latched icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:916(para)
+msgid ""
+"The sticky keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key is "
+"latched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:928(phrase)
+msgid "Shift key locked icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:934(para)
+msgid ""
+"The sticky keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key is "
+"locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:946(phrase)
+msgid "Super/Windows key latched icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:952(para)
+msgid ""
+"The sticky keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Super</keycap>/"
+"<keycap>Windows</keycap> key is latched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:965(phrase)
+msgid "Super/Windows key locked icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/dtconfig.xml:971(para)
+msgid ""
+"The sticky keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Super</keycap>/"
+"<keycap>Windows</keycap> key is locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:19(title)
+msgid "GNOME 2.14 Desktop Accessibility Guide"
+msgstr "Guía de accesibilidad del Escritorio GNOME 2.14"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:22(para)
+msgid ""
+"The GNOME Accessibility Guide is for users, system administrators, and "
+"anyone who is interested in how the GNOME Desktop supports people with "
+"disabilities and addresses the requirements of Section 508 of the U.S. "
+"Rehabilitation Act."
+msgstr ""
+"La Guía de Accesibilidad de GNOME es para usuarios, administradores de "
+"sistemas, y cualquiera que esté interesado en cómo el Escritorio GNOME da "
+"asistencia a personas con discapacidades y atiende a los requisitos de la "
+"Sección 508 del U.S. Rehabilitation Act."
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:27(year)
+msgid "2005"
+msgstr "2005"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:28(year)
+msgid "2004"
+msgstr "2004"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:29(year)
+msgid "2003"
+msgstr "2003"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:30(year)
+msgid "2002"
+msgstr "2002"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:31(holder)
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:49(orgname)
+msgid "Sun Microsystems, Inc."
+msgstr "Sun Microsystems, Inc."
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:41(publishername)
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:59(para) ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:60(para)
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:68(para) ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:76(para)
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:84(para) ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:92(para)
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:100(para) ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:108(para)
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:116(para) ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:124(para)
+msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr "Proyecto de Documentación de GNOME"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:56(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.14 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.14.0"
+msgstr "Guía de Accesibilidad del escritorio GNOME 2.14 V2.14.0"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:64(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.10 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.10.1"
+msgstr "Guía de Accesibilidad del escritorio GNOME 2.10 V.2.10.1"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:65(date)
+msgid "July 2005"
+msgstr "Julio de 2005"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:67(para) ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:75(para)
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:83(para)
+msgid "Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team"
+msgstr "Equipo de documentación de Sun Java Desktop System"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:72(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.10 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.10.0"
+msgstr "Guía de Accesibilidad del escritorio GNOME 2.10 V2.10.0"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:73(date)
+msgid "March 2005"
+msgstr "Marzo de 2005"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:80(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.8 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.8.0"
+msgstr "Guía de Accesibilidad del escritorio GNOME 2.8 V2.8.0"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:81(date)
+msgid "September 2004"
+msgstr "Septiembre de 2004"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:88(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.6 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.6.0"
+msgstr "Guía de Accesibilidad del escritorio GNOME 2.6 V2.6.0"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:89(date)
+msgid "March 2004"
+msgstr "Marzo de 2004"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:91(para) ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:99(para)
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:107(para) ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:115(para)
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:123(para)
+msgid "Sun Microsystems"
+msgstr "Sun Microsystems"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:96(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.4 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.4.0"
+msgstr "Guía de Accesibilidad del escritorio GNOME 2.4 V2.4.0"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:97(date)
+msgid "October 2003"
+msgstr "Octubre de 2003"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:104(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.2 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.2.0"
+msgstr "Guía de Accesibilidad del escritorio GNOME 2.2 V2.2.0"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:105(date)
+msgid "February 2003"
+msgstr "Febrero de 2003"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:112(revnumber)
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 2.0 Desktop for the Solaris Operating Environment Accessibility Guide "
+"V2.1"
+msgstr ""
+"Escritorio GNOME 2.0 para el la Guía de Accesibilidad del sistema operativo "
+"Solaris V2.1"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:113(date)
+msgid "January 2003"
+msgstr "Enero de 2003"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:120(revnumber)
+msgid ""
+"GNOME 2.0 Desktop for the Solaris Operating Environment Accessibility Guide "
+"V2.0"
+msgstr ""
+"Escritorio GNOME 2.0 para el la Guía de Accesibilidad del sistema operativo "
+"Solaris V2.0"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:121(date)
+msgid "December 2002"
+msgstr "Diciembre de 2002"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:128(releaseinfo)
+msgid "This manual describes version 2.14 of the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr "Este manual describe la versión 2.14 del Escritorio GNOME."
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:131(title)
+msgid "Feedback"
+msgstr "Comentarios"
+
+#: ../C/gnome-access-guide.xml:132(para)
+msgid ""
+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME Desktop or this "
+"manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-feedback\" "
+"type=\"help\">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para informar de in error o hacer una sugerencia respecto al Escritorio "
+"GNOME o este manual, sigan las indicaciones en la <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-"
+"feedback\" type=\"help\">Página de contacto de GNOME</ulink>."
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:548(None)
+msgid ""
+"@@image: 'figures/move_object_before.png'; "
+"md5=db85522123cc18d15a87b71ed2856fd3"
+msgstr ""
+"@@image: 'figures/move_object_before.png'; "
+"md5=db85522123cc18d15a87b71ed2856fd3"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:566(None)
+msgid ""
+"@@image: 'figures/move_object_arrows.png'; "
+"md5=14708f1edd48a84a861819b5fc16820b"
+msgstr ""
+"@@image: 'figures/move_object_arrows.png'; "
+"md5=14708f1edd48a84a861819b5fc16820b"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:586(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/move_object_push.png'; md5=810dfbd14b4259ce732963a0b72b1ed9"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/move_object_push.png'; md5=810dfbd14b4259ce732963a0b72b1ed9"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:606(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/move_object_jump.png'; md5=424967c951eb27a96ebce26711e62cc2"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/move_object_jump.png'; md5=424967c951eb27a96ebce26711e62cc2"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1973(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/button.png'; md5=53cd1fd7b179068753b4c6d2eb4d3261"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/button.png'; md5=53cd1fd7b179068753b4c6d2eb4d3261"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2037(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/radio_button.png'; md5=c0ba3100eedc9b36635032e1432bda0b"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/radio_button.png'; md5=c0ba3100eedc9b36635032e1432bda0b"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2088(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/check_box.png'; md5=4ee0fe6be90e8084499476dbe7d42eca"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/check_box.png'; md5=4ee0fe6be90e8084499476dbe7d42eca"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2139(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/text_box.png'; md5=7f69292d1ab4162d95791e37355244b4"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/text_box.png'; md5=7f69292d1ab4162d95791e37355244b4"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2457(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/spin_box.png'; md5=a413f3913e3456411482c3663a1c3248"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/spin_box.png'; md5=a413f3913e3456411482c3663a1c3248"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2520(None)
+msgid ""
+"@@image: 'figures/dropdown_list_box.png'; "
+"md5=942d41fc508f23362d8c9c1a92988c45"
+msgstr ""
+"@@image: 'figures/dropdown_list_box.png'; "
+"md5=942d41fc508f23362d8c9c1a92988c45"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2614(None)
+msgid ""
+"@@image: 'figures/dropdown_combination_box.png'; "
+"md5=c28106adee3335e7c4c7daeaa0469c59"
+msgstr ""
+"@@image: 'figures/dropdown_combination_box.png'; "
+"md5=c28106adee3335e7c4c7daeaa0469c59"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2798(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/slider.png'; md5=d0b6e9e5a9625576006828967a3813a9"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/slider.png'; md5=d0b6e9e5a9625576006828967a3813a9"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2900(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/tabbed_section.png'; md5=c64b36d9e27b0cd69caaff98c24c1c4d"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/tabbed_section.png'; md5=c64b36d9e27b0cd69caaff98c24c1c4d"
+
+#. When image changes, this message will be marked fuzzy or untranslated for you.
+#. It doesn't matter what you translate it to: it's not used at all.
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3269(None)
+msgid "@@image: 'figures/tree.png'; md5=0bb1b6f07b3fab52dddfa4bab9f1e5d4"
+msgstr "@@image: 'figures/tree.png'; md5=0bb1b6f07b3fab52dddfa4bab9f1e5d4"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Using the Keyboard to Navigate the Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3(para)
+msgid ""
+"This chapter describes how to navigate the GNOME Desktop from the keyboard "
+"only. Users who have difficulty using a mouse or other pointing device can "
+"navigate and use the desktop from the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:8(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Keyboard Navigation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:9(para)
+msgid ""
+"This section describes the essential keyboard shortcuts to enable you to "
+"navigate the desktop from the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:11(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can customize some of the keyboard shortcuts that are described in this "
+"chapter. The text indicates the shortcuts that you can customize. See <xref "
+"linkend=\"keynav-36\"/> for information about how to customize keyboard "
+"shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:16(title)
+msgid "Essential Keyboard Shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:18(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:126(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:226(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:343(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:435(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:627(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:696(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:770(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:835(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:887(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:900(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:948(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1023(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:1112(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1179(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:1320(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1473(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:1557(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1683(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:1856(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1963(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:2027(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2078(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:2130(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2447(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:2509(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2603(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:2788(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2892(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:3014(primary)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3339(primary)
+msgid "keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "accesos rápidos del teclado"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:19(secondary)
+msgid "essential"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:22(primary) ../C/keynav.xml:1687(primary)
+msgid "caret navigation mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:24(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the essential keyboard shortcuts that you can use "
+"to navigate the desktop. The keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate "
+"specific elements and controls are described in the appropriate sections of "
+"this chapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:35(para) ../C/keynav.xml:138(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:242(para) ../C/keynav.xml:358(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:464(para) ../C/keynav.xml:642(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:708(para) ../C/keynav.xml:786(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:850(para) ../C/keynav.xml:914(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:961(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1036(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1125(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1194(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1238(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1375(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1485(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1574(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1648(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1700(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1868(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1990(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2054(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2105(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2156(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2281(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2476(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2537(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2633(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2683(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2815(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2920(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2970(para) ../C/keynav.xml:3026(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3077(para) ../C/keynav.xml:3287(para)
+msgid "Keys"
+msgstr "Teclas"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:46(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:55(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:65(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:264(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:277(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:368(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:381(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:504(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:924(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1504(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1819(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1828(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2364(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3000(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3058(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3249(keycap)
+msgid "Tab"
+msgstr "Tabulador"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:50(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the next element or control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:55(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:211(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:320(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:413(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:682(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:746(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:818(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1669(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1828(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2245(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2253(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2373(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2382(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2391(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2399(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2408(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2417(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2426(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2434(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3152(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3160(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3169(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3178(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3249(keycap)
+msgid "Shift"
+msgstr "Mayús."
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:58(para)
+msgid ""
+"Reverse the navigation direction and give focus to the previous element or "
+"control. In general, the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key reverses the navigation "
+"direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:65(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:201(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:252(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:264(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:329(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:368(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:422(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1443(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1451(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1459(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1513(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1521(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2187(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2196(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2313(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2322(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2331(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2339(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2347(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2355(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2364(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2408(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2417(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2426(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2434(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2767(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2775(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3000(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3197(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3205(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3213(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3221(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3240(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3324(keycap)
+msgid "Ctrl"
+msgstr "Ctrl"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:68(para)
+msgid ""
+"Give focus to the next element or control, if the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key "
+"has a specific purpose in a control. For example, if you press <keycap>Tab</"
+"keycap> in a text box, the system inserts a tab space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:72(para)
+msgid ""
+"To give focus to the previous element or control, press "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></"
+"keycombo>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:78(para) ../C/keynav.xml:288(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:474(para) ../C/keynav.xml:662(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:728(para) ../C/keynav.xml:809(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1055(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1143(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1248(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1595(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2064(para) ../C/keynav.xml:3087(para)
+msgid "arrow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:81(para)
+msgid "Navigate within an element or control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:88(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:403(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:514(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:653(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:719(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:737(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:797(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:971(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1086(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1153(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1292(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1614(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1936(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2001(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2116(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2548(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2757(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3047(keycap)
+msgid "spacebar"
+msgstr "barra espaciadora"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:92(para)
+msgid ""
+"Activate the element or control that has focus. For example, if the current "
+"control is a button, this action is the equivalent of clicking on the button "
+"with a mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:100(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:672(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:682(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:756(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:934(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1097(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1164(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1303(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1433(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1530(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1949(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2588(keycap)
+msgid "Esc"
+msgstr "Esc"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:104(para)
+msgid "Close a window, menu, or drawer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:110(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1046(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1711(keycap)
+msgid "F7"
+msgstr "F7"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:114(para)
+msgid ""
+"Switch to caret navigation mode. Caret navigation mode enables you to use "
+"the keyboard to select text. For more information about caret navigation "
+"mode, see <xref linkend=\"keynav-52\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:124(title)
+msgid "Global Keyboard Shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:127(secondary)
+msgid "global"
+msgstr "global"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:129(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use from any "
+"part of the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:148(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:157(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:179(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:252(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:264(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:368(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:924(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:934(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:971(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:979(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:992(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1000(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1009(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1046(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1135(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1495(keycap)
+msgid "Alt"
+msgstr "Alt"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:148(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:190(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:201(keycap)
+msgid "F1"
+msgstr "F1"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:151(para)
+msgid "Open the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:152(para) ../C/keynav.xml:161(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:173(para) ../C/keynav.xml:184(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:259(para) ../C/keynav.xml:270(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:375(para) ../C/keynav.xml:868(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:877(para)
+msgid "You can customize this keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:160(para)
+msgid "Open the <guilabel>Run Application </guilabel>dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:167(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:179(keycap)
+msgid "Print Screen"
+msgstr "Imprimir pantalla"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:171(para)
+msgid "Start the screenshot application and take a screenshot of the entire screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:182(para)
+msgid ""
+"Start the screenshot application and take a screenshot of the window that "
+"currently has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:194(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the focused element is an application window or dialog, this keyboard "
+"shortcut opens the Help for the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:204(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the focused element is a panel or application window, this keyboard "
+"shortcut switches the display of tooltips for the window or panel objects on "
+"and off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:211(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:320(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:329(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:392(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:413(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:422(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:746(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:818(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1000(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1386(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1669(keycap)
+msgid "F10"
+msgstr "F10"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:214(para)
+msgid "Open a popup menu for the element that has focus, if a popup menu exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:224(title)
+msgid "Navigating the Desktop Background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:227(secondary)
+msgid "for desktop background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:229(para)
+msgid ""
+"The desktop background is the part of the GNOME Desktop where there are no "
+"interface items or applications, such as panels and windows. The following "
+"table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate the desktop "
+"background and the desktop background objects. A desktop background object "
+"is an icon on the desktop background that you can use to open files, "
+"folders, or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:252(keycap)
+msgid "D"
+msgstr "D"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:255(para)
+msgid "Temporarily hide all windows and give focus to the desktop background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:257(para)
+msgid ""
+"To restore the windows, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:267(para)
+msgid ""
+"Display a popup window with icons that represent the desktop background and "
+"the panels. Press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap></keycombo> and continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to switch the "
+"focus between the desktop background and the panels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:281(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the desktop background or a desktop background object has focus, give "
+"focus to the next desktop background object in alphabetical order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:291(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the desktop background or a desktop background object has focus, give "
+"focus to a neighboring desktop background object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:298(para)
+msgid ""
+"A sequence of characters that matches the first n characters of a desktop "
+"background object name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:302(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the desktop background has focus, give focus to the desktop background "
+"object whose name starts with the specified sequence of characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:314(para)
+msgid "Rename the desktop background object that has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:323(para)
+msgid "Open the popup menu for the desktop background object that has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:332(para)
+msgid "Open the <guimenu>Desktop Background</guimenu> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:341(title)
+msgid "Navigating Panels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:344(secondary)
+msgid "for panels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:346(para)
+msgid ""
+"A panel is an area from which you can run special programs, applications, "
+"and panel applications. The most common panel is the panel that stretches "
+"the full width of the bottom edge of the desktop. The following table lists "
+"the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate panels and panel objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:371(para)
+msgid ""
+"Give focus to a panel. This keyboard shortcut displays a popup window with "
+"icons that represent the desktop background, panels, and drawers. Press-and-"
+"hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and "
+"continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to switch the focus between the "
+"desktop background, panels, and drawers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:385(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the next object on the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:396(para)
+msgid ""
+"Open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu when the Menu Panel has focus. "
+"Continue to press <keycap>F10</keycap> to switch focus between the "
+"<guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu and the window list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:407(para)
+msgid "Activate a panel object, for example, open a menu or start a launcher."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:416(para)
+msgid "Open the panel object popup menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:425(para)
+msgid "Open the panel popup menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:433(title)
+msgid "To Move a Panel Object"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:436(secondary)
+msgid "to move a panel object"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:439(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can move a focused panel object to a different location on a panel or "
+"drawer, or you can move the object to the next panel. To move a panel "
+"object, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:444(para)
+msgid "Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to give focus to the object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:447(para)
+msgid ""
+"Press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> to "
+"open the panel object popup menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:451(para)
+msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem> menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:455(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in the following table to perform "
+"the move operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:477(para)
+msgid ""
+"Move the object left and right on a horizontal panel or up and down on a "
+"vertical panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:483(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1074(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3139(para)
+msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap> + arrow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:487(para)
+msgid ""
+"Move the object and push any objects that you encounter in front of the "
+"object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:493(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1064(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1257(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1603(para)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3187(para)
+msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + arrow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:497(para)
+msgid ""
+"Move the object and swap position with any objects that you encounter in the "
+"move."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:508(para)
+msgid "Move the object to the next panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:518(para)
+msgid "Complete the move operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:526(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following examples demonstrate the effect of different move operations "
+"on the objects in a panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:535(para)
+msgid "Illustration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:538(para) ../C/themes.xml:172(para)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:258(para) ../C/themes.xml:417(para)
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Descripción"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:551(phrase) ../C/keynav.xml:569(phrase)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:589(phrase)
+msgid ""
+"Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from "
+"left to right: geyes icon, Volume Control icon, and Help icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:557(para)
+msgid "Shows a panel with three panel objects before a move operation takes place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:575(para)
+msgid ""
+"Shows the effect of using the arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</"
+"application> panel application on the panel. You can use the arrow keys to "
+"move the panel application left or right until you meet the next panel "
+"object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:595(para)
+msgid ""
+"Shows the effect of using the <keycap>Shift</keycap><application>Geyes</"
+"application> panel application on the panel. You can use the <keycap>Shift</"
+"keycap>+ arrow keys to push the <application>Volume Control</application> "
+"and <application>Help</application> panel objects ahead of the object that "
+"you are moving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:609(phrase)
+msgid ""
+"Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from "
+"left to right: Volume Control icon, Help icon, and geyes icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:615(para)
+msgid ""
+"Shows the effect of using the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><application>Geyes</"
+"application> panel application on the panel. You can use the <keycap>Ctrl</"
+"keycap> + arrow keys to swap position with the <application>Volume Control</"
+"application> and <application>Help</application> panel objects as you meet "
+"the objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:625(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Drawers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:628(secondary)
+msgid "for drawers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:630(para)
+msgid ""
+"A drawer is a collapsible extension of a panel. The following table lists "
+"the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate into and out of drawers. "
+"When you open a drawer, you can navigate the contents of the drawer in the "
+"same way as you navigate a panel. See <xref linkend=\"keynav-5\"/> for "
+"information about how to navigate a panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:657(para)
+msgid "Open or close the drawer that has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:665(para)
+msgid "Navigate into the drawer that has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:676(para)
+msgid "Close the drawer and give focus to the drawer object on the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:685(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the drawer object on the panel and leave the drawer open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:694(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Menus on Panels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:697(secondary)
+msgid "for menus on panels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:699(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate menus on panels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:723(para)
+msgid "Open the menu that has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:731(para)
+msgid "Navigate the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:741(para)
+msgid "Select a menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:749(para)
+msgid "Open the popup menu associated with a menu item, if one exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:760(para)
+msgid "Close a menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:768(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Panel Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:771(secondary)
+msgid "for panel applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:773(para)
+msgid ""
+"A panel application is a small application that resides on a panel. You can "
+"navigate to all panel applications and open the panel application popup menu "
+"from the keyboard. However, if the panel application does not contain "
+"controls that you can give focus to, you cannot navigate the controls in the "
+"panel application. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you "
+"can use to navigate panel applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:801(para)
+msgid ""
+"Activate the panel application control that has focus, if applicable. Not "
+"all panel applications contain controls that you can activate. If the panel "
+"application does not contain a control that you can activate, the "
+"<keycap>spacebar</keycap> does nothing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:812(para)
+msgid "Navigate the controls on the panel application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:821(para)
+msgid ""
+"Open the panel application popup menu. To navigate the menu, use the "
+"standard keyboard shortcuts for navigating menus. See <xref linkend=\"keynav-"
+"24\"/> for information about how to navigate menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:833(title)
+msgid "Navigating Your Workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:836(secondary)
+msgid "for workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:838(para)
+msgid ""
+"A workspace is a discrete area in which you can work. You can have many "
+"workspaces on your desktop and you can switch from one workspace to another. "
+"Each workspace can contain different windows and processes. The following "
+"table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:860(para)
+msgid "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> + arrow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:864(para)
+msgid ""
+"Give focus to the next or previous workspace. This keyboard shortcut "
+"displays a popup window with icons that represent the workspaces. Press and "
+"hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and "
+"continue to press the arrow keys to switch the focus between the workspaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:873(para)
+msgid "<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> + arrow keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:876(para)
+msgid "Move the window that has focus to the next or previous workspace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:885(title)
+msgid "Navigating Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:888(secondary)
+msgid "for windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:890(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following sections describe the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate windows. A window is a rectangular frame on your screen that "
+"displays an application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:894(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can customize all of the keyboard shortcuts that are associated with "
+"navigating windows. See <xref linkend=\"keynav-10\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:898(title)
+msgid "To Give Focus to a Window"
+msgstr "Enfocar una ventana"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:901(secondary)
+msgid "to give focus to a window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:904(para)
+msgid ""
+"Before you can use or modify a window, you must give focus to the window. "
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to give "
+"focus to a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:927(para)
+msgid ""
+"Display a popup window with icons that represent each window. Press-and-hold "
+"<keycap>Alt</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to move "
+"through the windows until you reach the window to which you want to give "
+"focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:937(para)
+msgid ""
+"Raise each window in turn until you reach the window to which you want to "
+"give focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:946(title)
+msgid "To Control a Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:949(secondary)
+msgid "to control a window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:951(para)
+msgid ""
+"When a window has focus, you can perform various actions on the window. The "
+"following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to control the "
+"window that has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:974(para)
+msgid "Open the <guimenu>Window</guimenu> Menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:982(para)
+msgid "Close the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:989(emphasis) ../C/sysadmin.xml:268(emphasis)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:290(emphasis) ../C/sysadmin.xml:317(emphasis)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:334(emphasis) ../C/sysadmin.xml:366(emphasis)
+msgid "Solaris:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:990(keycap)
+msgid "Open"
+msgstr "Abrir"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:992(emphasis) ../C/sysadmin.xml:275(emphasis)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:297(emphasis) ../C/sysadmin.xml:324(emphasis)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:341(emphasis) ../C/sysadmin.xml:373(emphasis)
+msgid "Linux:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:992(keycap)
+msgid "F9"
+msgstr "F9"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:995(para)
+msgid "Minimize the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1003(para)
+msgid "Maximize the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1009(keycap)
+msgid "F5"
+msgstr "F5"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1012(para)
+msgid "Restore a maximized window to the original size of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1021(title)
+msgid "To Move a Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1024(secondary)
+msgid "to move a window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1026(para)
+msgid ""
+"When a window has focus, you can move the window around the screen. The "
+"following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to move a "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1049(para)
+msgid "Start the move operation. The mouse pointer changes to a cross."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1058(para)
+msgid "Move the window 10 pixels at a time in the direction of the arrow key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1068(para)
+msgid "Move the window one pixel at a time in the direction of the arrow key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1078(para)
+msgid ""
+"Move the window in the direction of the arrow key to align it with the edge "
+"of the nearest window, panel, or screen edge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1090(para)
+msgid "Complete the move operation and leave the window in the current position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1101(para)
+msgid "Cancel the move operation and restore the window to the original position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1110(title)
+msgid "To Resize a Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1113(secondary)
+msgid "to resize a window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1115(para)
+msgid ""
+"When a window has focus, you can increase or decrease the size of the "
+"window. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"resize the window that has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1135(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1216(keycap)
+msgid "F8"
+msgstr "F8"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1138(para)
+msgid "Start the resize operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1146(para)
+msgid "Resize the window in the direction of the arrow keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1157(para)
+msgid "Complete the resize operation and leave the window at the current size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1168(para)
+msgid "Cancel the resize operation and restore the window to the original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1177(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Paned Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1180(secondary)
+msgid "for paned windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1182(para)
+msgid ""
+"A paned window is a window that is split into two or more panes. The Help "
+"browser and the file manager are examples of applications that use paned "
+"windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1185(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate windows with panes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1205(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1585(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1659(keycap)
+msgid "F6"
+msgstr "F6"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1209(para)
+msgid ""
+"Give focus to the next pane. The system gives focus to the control that last "
+"had focus in the pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1220(para)
+msgid ""
+"Give focus to the first resize handle in the window. The resize handle is "
+"displayed between the panes and enables you to resize the panes. Press "
+"<keycap>F8</keycap> again to give focus to the next resize handle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1229(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the resize handle has focus, you can use the keyboard shortcuts that "
+"are listed in the following table to modify the paned window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1251(para)
+msgid "Move the resize handle by a small amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1261(para)
+msgid "Move the resize handle by a large amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1268(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1789(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2206(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2245(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2347(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2391(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2426(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2714(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2866(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3120(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3169(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3213(keycap)
+msgid "Home"
+msgstr "Inicio"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1272(para)
+msgid ""
+"Reduce the size of the pane to the left of the resize handle for vertical "
+"panes, or above the resize handle for horizontal panes, to the minimum size "
+"allowed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1280(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1799(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2217(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2253(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2355(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2399(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2434(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2725(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2877(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3130(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3178(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3221(keycap)
+msgid "End"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1284(para)
+msgid ""
+"Increase the size of the pane to the left of the resize handle for vertical "
+"panes, or above the resize handle for horizontal panes, to the maximum size "
+"allowed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1296(para)
+msgid ""
+"Set the position of the resize handle and return the focus to the last "
+"control that had focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1307(para)
+msgid ""
+"Reset the position of the resize handle to the original position and return "
+"the focus to the last control that had focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1318(title)
+msgid "Navigating Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1321(secondary)
+msgid "for applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1323(para)
+msgid ""
+"An application is any program, utility, or other software package that you "
+"run on your desktop. Applications comprise the following standard user "
+"interface components:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1328(term)
+msgid "Windows"
+msgstr "Ventanas"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1330(para)
+msgid ""
+"A window is a rectangular frame on your screen that displays an application. "
+"See <xref linkend=\"keynav-11\"/> for information about how to navigate "
+"windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1336(term)
+msgid "Dialogs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1338(para)
+msgid ""
+"A dialog is a popup window in which you enter information or commands. See "
+"<xref linkend=\"keynav-19\"/> for information about how to navigate dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1344(term) ../C/themes.xml:116(term)
+msgid "Controls"
+msgstr "Controles"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1346(para)
+msgid ""
+"A control is an instrument that you use to operate or guide the user "
+"interface. For example, buttons, check boxes, menus, and text boxes are "
+"controls. See <xref linkend=\"keynav-23\"/> for detailed information about "
+"how to navigate the different types of controls that are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1354(para)
+msgid ""
+"This section of the manual describes the essential keyboard shortcuts that "
+"you can use to start using applications and dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1357(title)
+msgid "Essential Keyboard Shortcuts for Navigating Applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1358(para)
+msgid ""
+"Since there are many applications that you can use in the GNOME Desktop, "
+"this manual does not describe the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate all of the different applications. However, the basic keyboard "
+"shortcuts are common to all applications. Access keys also provide an "
+"efficient way to navigate an application from the keyboard. An access key is "
+"identified by an underlined letter on a menu or control. In some cases, you "
+"must press <keycap>Alt</keycap> in combination with the access key to "
+"perform an action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1366(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the essential keyboard shortcuts that you can use "
+"to navigate applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1390(para)
+msgid "Open the first menu on the application menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1395(para)
+msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + access key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1399(para)
+msgid "Open the menu that is associated with the access key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1405(para)
+msgid "access keys"
+msgstr "teclas de acceso"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1408(para)
+msgid "Select the menu item that is associated with the access key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1414(para)
+msgid "<keycap>left arrow</keycap> and <keycap>right arrow</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1418(para)
+msgid "Switch focus between the menus on the menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1423(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1878(para)
+msgid "<keycap>up arrow</keycap> and <keycap>down arrow</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1427(para)
+msgid "Move focus into a menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1437(para)
+msgid ""
+"Close the open menus and give focus to the control that had focus before the "
+"menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1443(keycap)
+msgid "O"
+msgstr "O"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1446(para)
+msgid "Open the file selector dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1451(keycap)
+msgid "S"
+msgstr "S"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1454(para)
+msgid "Open the Save dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1459(keycap)
+msgid "L"
+msgstr "L"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1462(para)
+msgid ""
+"Open a Location dialog to enable you to type the name of the file that you "
+"want to open or save."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1471(title)
+msgid "Essential Keyboard Shortcuts for Navigating Dialogs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1474(secondary)
+msgid "for dialogs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1476(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the essential keyboard shortcuts that you can use "
+"to navigate dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1495(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1926(para)
+msgid "access key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1498(para)
+msgid "Activate or select a control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1508(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the next control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1513(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1769(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2292(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2331(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2373(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2735(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2767(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2844(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3096(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3152(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3197(keycap)
+msgid "Page Up"
+msgstr "AvPág"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1516(para)
+msgid "If a tab name has focus, move to the next tabbed section of the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1521(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1779(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2302(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2339(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2382(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2746(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2775(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2855(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3108(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3160(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3205(keycap)
+msgid "Page Down"
+msgstr "RePág"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1524(para)
+msgid "When a tab name has focus, move to the previous tabbed section of the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1534(para)
+msgid "Close the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1540(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:1916(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2012(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:3231(keycap)
+msgid "Return"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1544(para)
+msgid ""
+"Perform the default action for the dialog. The default action is usually to "
+"apply the changes and close the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1555(title)
+msgid "Navigating the File Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1558(secondary)
+msgid "for file manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1560(para)
+msgid ""
+"The file manager window contains several components and there are different "
+"keyboard shortcuts defined to navigate each component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1563(title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To Navigate the View Pane"
+msgstr "Para encontrar el puntero del ratón"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1564(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that enable you to "
+"navigate the list and icon views in the view pane. The view pane is "
+"displayed in the right side of the file manager window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1589(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1663(para)
+msgid "Switch focus between the side pane and the view pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1598(para)
+msgid "Select the next or previous file or folder in the direction of the arrow key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1607(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the next or previous file or folder but do not select the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1618(para)
+msgid "Open the focused file or folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1623(para)
+msgid ""
+"A sequence of characters that matches the first <replaceable>n</replaceable> "
+"characters of a filename."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1627(para)
+msgid ""
+"In an icon view, select the first file or folder that starts with the "
+"specified sequence of characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1637(title)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "To Navigate the Side Pane"
+msgstr "Para encontrar el puntero del ratón"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1638(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that enable you to "
+"navigate the file manager side pane in general. The side pane is displayed "
+"on the left side of the file manager window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1672(para)
+msgid "Open the side pane popup menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1681(title)
+msgid "Navigating Help Content in Caret Navigation Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1684(secondary)
+msgid "for Help content"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1689(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table describes how to navigate HTML-based help content in "
+"caret navigation mode in the <application>Yelp</application> help browser. "
+"Caret navigation is a mode of operation in an application which enables you "
+"to use the keyboard to select text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1715(para)
+msgid "Switch to caret navigation mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1720(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1903(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2167(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2187(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2931(keycap)
+msgid "left arrow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1723(para)
+msgid "Move one character to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1728(para) ../C/keynav.xml:1889(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2177(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2196(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2941(keycap)
+msgid "right arrow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1731(para)
+msgid "Move one character to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1736(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2313(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2408(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2568(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2644(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2694(keycap)
+msgid "up arrow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1739(para)
+msgid "Move up one line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1744(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2322(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2417(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2578(keycap)
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2655(keycap) ../C/keynav.xml:2704(keycap)
+msgid "down arrow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1747(para)
+msgid "Move down one line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1752(para)
+msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + left arrow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1755(para)
+msgid "Move to the beginning of the previous word."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1760(para)
+msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + right arrow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1763(para)
+msgid "Move to the end of the next word."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1773(para)
+msgid "Scroll up one page of content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1783(para)
+msgid "Scroll down one page of content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1793(para)
+msgid "Move to the beginning of the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1803(para)
+msgid "Move to the end of the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1808(para)
+msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap> + any of the keys listed above"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1812(para)
+msgid ""
+"Move from the current position to the destination position and select all "
+"text between the two positions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1823(para)
+msgid "Move focus to the next focusable control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1831(para)
+msgid "Move focus to the previous focusable control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1838(keycap)
+msgid "Enter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1842(para)
+msgid "Activate a button or submit a form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1850(title)
+msgid "Navigating Standard Elements and Controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1851(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following sections describe how to navigate and use standard user "
+"interface elements and controls from the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1854(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1857(secondary)
+msgid "for menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1859(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1882(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the next or previous menu item on a menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1893(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the menu item that has focus is a submenu, open the submenu and give "
+"focus to the first menu item on the submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1896(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the menu item that has focus is not a submenu, open the next menu on the "
+"menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1907(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the menu item that has focus is a submenu item, switch the focus back to "
+"the submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1909(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the menu item that has focus is not a submenu item, open the previous "
+"menu on the menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1920(para)
+msgid "Select the focused menu item and close the open menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1929(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the menu item that is associated with the access key and close the "
+"open menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1940(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the focused menu item and close the open menus except when the menu "
+"item is a check box or radio button. If the menu item is a check box or "
+"radio button, the menu does not close."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1953(para)
+msgid "Close the open menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1961(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1964(secondary)
+msgid "for buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1966(para)
+msgid ""
+"A button is a control that you use to start an action. Most buttons are "
+"rectangular and contain a text label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1969(title)
+msgid "Sample Button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1976(phrase)
+msgid "Close button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:1981(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2005(para)
+msgid ""
+"Activate the button that has focus. This is the equivalent of clicking on "
+"the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2016(para)
+msgid ""
+"Activate the button that has focus or, if no button has focus, perform the "
+"default action for the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2025(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Radio Buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2028(secondary)
+msgid "for radio buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2030(para)
+msgid ""
+"A radio button is a control that you use to select one of several mutually-"
+"exclusive options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2033(title)
+msgid "Sample Radio Button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2040(phrase)
+msgid "Two sample radio buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2045(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate a set of radio buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2067(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the next or previous radio button and deselect the other radio "
+"buttons in the group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2076(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Check Boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2079(secondary)
+msgid "for check boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2081(para)
+msgid "A check box is a control that you use to select or deselect an option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2084(title)
+msgid "Sample Check Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2091(phrase)
+msgid "Sample check box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2096(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate a check box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2120(para)
+msgid "Select or deselect the check box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2128(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Text Boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2131(secondary)
+msgid "for text boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2133(para)
+msgid "Text boxes are controls in which you type text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2135(title)
+msgid "Sample Single Line Text Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2142(phrase)
+msgid "Sample text box with one input line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2147(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate a single line text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2171(para)
+msgid "Position the cursor one character to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2181(para)
+msgid "Position the cursor one character to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2190(para)
+msgid ""
+"Position the cursor at the start of the current word. Press-and-hold "
+"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>left arrow</keycap> to "
+"position the cursor at the start of the previous word."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2199(para)
+msgid ""
+"Position the cursor at the end of the current word. Press-and-hold "
+"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>right arrow</keycap> to "
+"position the cursor at the end of the next word."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2210(para)
+msgid "Position the cursor at the start of the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2221(para)
+msgid "Position the cursor at the end of the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2227(para)
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo> or "
+"<keycap>right arrow</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2230(para)
+msgid "Select one character at a time to the left or right of the cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2236(para)
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>left arrow</"
+"keycap></keycombo> or <keycap>right arrow</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2239(para)
+msgid "Select one word at a time to the left or right of the cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2248(para)
+msgid "Select all text to the left of the cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2256(para)
+msgid "Select all text to the right of the cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2262(para)
+msgid "<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> (Solaris only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2265(para)
+msgid "Select all text in the text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2271(para)
+msgid ""
+"In addition to the keyboard shortcuts listed in the previous table, use the "
+"keyboard shortcuts in the following table to navigate multi-line text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2296(para)
+msgid ""
+"Position the cursor at the top of the current view. Press <keycap>Page Up</"
+"keycap> again to position the cursor at the top of the previous view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2306(para)
+msgid ""
+"Position the cursor at the end of the current view. Press <keycap>Page Down</"
+"keycap> again to position the cursor at the end of the previous view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2316(para)
+msgid ""
+"Position the cursor at the start of the current paragraph. Press-and-hold "
+"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press the <keycap>up arrow</keycap> "
+"key to position the cursor at the start of the previous paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2325(para)
+msgid ""
+"Position the cursor at the end of the current paragraph. Press-and-hold "
+"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press the <keycap>down arrow</keycap> "
+"key to position the cursor at the end of the next paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2334(para)
+msgid "Position the cursor one view width to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2342(para)
+msgid "Position the cursor one view width to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2350(para)
+msgid "Position the cursor at the start of the text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2358(para)
+msgid "Position the cursor at the end of the text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2367(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the next control on the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2376(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the text to the start of the current view. Press-and-hold "
+"<keycap>Shift</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Page Up</keycap> to "
+"extend the selection to the start of the previous view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2385(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the text to the end of the current view. Press-and-hold "
+"<keycap>Shift</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Page Down</keycap> to "
+"extend the selection to the end of the next view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2394(para)
+msgid "Select the text to the start of the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2402(para)
+msgid "Select the text to the end of the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2411(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the text to the start of the paragraph, then to the start of the "
+"previous paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2420(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the text to the end of the paragraph, then to the end of the next "
+"paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2429(para)
+msgid "Select the text to the start of the text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2437(para)
+msgid "Select the text to the end of the text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2445(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Spin Boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2448(secondary)
+msgid "for spin boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2450(para)
+msgid ""
+"A spin box is a control that allows you to type a numeric value or select a "
+"value from a list of all possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2453(title)
+msgid "Sample Spin Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2460(phrase)
+msgid "Sample spin box. Contains a text box and up and down arrows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2465(para)
+msgid ""
+"The keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate the text box area of a spin "
+"box are listed in <xref linkend=\"keynav-28\"/>. The following table lists "
+"the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate the up and down arrows "
+"in the spin box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2486(para)
+msgid "<keycap>up arrow</keycap> or <keycap>down arrow</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2489(para)
+msgid "Increase or decrease the value of the spin box by a small amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2495(para)
+msgid "<keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2499(para)
+msgid "Increase or decrease the value of the spin box by a large amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2507(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Drop-Down Lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2510(secondary)
+msgid "for drop-down lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2512(para)
+msgid ""
+"A drop-down list is a control that you use to select one of several "
+"available items. The drop-down list contains a button that you use to "
+"display the available items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2516(title)
+msgid "Sample Drop-Down List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2523(phrase)
+msgid "Sample drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2528(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate a drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2552(para)
+msgid "This key performs one of the following functions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2555(para)
+msgid "If the drop-down list is not open, this key opens the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2559(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the drop-down list is open, this key accepts the current selection and "
+"closes the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2572(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2698(para)
+msgid "Select the previous list item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2582(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2708(para)
+msgid "Select the next list item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2592(para)
+msgid "Close the list without changing the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2601(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Drop-Down Combination Boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2604(secondary)
+msgid "for drop-down combination boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2607(para)
+msgid "A drop-down combination box is a text box with a drop-down list attached."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2610(title)
+msgid "Sample Drop-Down Combination Box"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2617(phrase)
+msgid ""
+"Sample drop-down combination box. Contains a text box and an arrow button "
+"that you click to display the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2622(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the text box has focus, use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in "
+"<xref linkend=\"keynav-28\"/> to navigate the text box area. When the text "
+"box has focus, you can also use the keyboard shortcuts in the following "
+"table to navigate the drop-down list area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2648(para)
+msgid "Select the previous item from the drop-down list without displaying the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2659(para)
+msgid "Select the next item from the drop-down list without displaying the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2665(para)
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo> "
+"(Solaris only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2668(para)
+msgid "Open the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2674(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the drop-down list has focus, you can use the keyboard shortcuts that "
+"are listed in the following table to navigate the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2718(para)
+msgid "Select the first item on the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2729(para)
+msgid "Select the last item on the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2739(para)
+msgid "Select the item at the top of the current list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2750(para)
+msgid "Select the item at the bottom of the current list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2761(para)
+msgid "Accept the current selection and close the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2770(para)
+msgid "Scroll to the left of the list, if required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2778(para)
+msgid "Scroll to the right of the list, if required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2786(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Sliders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2789(secondary)
+msgid "for sliders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2791(para)
+msgid ""
+"A slider is a control that you use to set a value in a continuous range of "
+"values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2794(title)
+msgid "Sample Slider"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2801(phrase)
+msgid "Sample slider. Displays a slider control that you can move left or right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2806(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate a slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2825(para)
+msgid "<keycap>left arrow</keycap> or <keycap>up arrow</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2828(para)
+msgid "Move the slider left or up by a small amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2834(para)
+msgid "<keycap>right arrow</keycap> or <keycap>down arrow</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2838(para)
+msgid "Move the slider right or down by a small amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2848(para)
+msgid "Move the slider left or up a large amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2859(para)
+msgid "Move the slider right or down a small amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2870(para)
+msgid "Move the slider to the maximum value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2881(para)
+msgid "Move the slider to the minimum value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2890(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Tabbed Sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2893(secondary)
+msgid "for tabbed sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2896(title)
+msgid "Sample Dialog with Tabbed Sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2903(phrase)
+msgid ""
+"Editing profile dialog from the GNOME Terminal application. Contains six "
+"tabbed sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2908(para)
+msgid ""
+"Windows and dialogs are sometimes divided into logical sections that are "
+"displayed one section at a time on the window or dialog. The divisions are "
+"called tabbed sections that are identified by a tab with a text label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2911(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate the tabbed sections of a window or dialog when a tab name has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2935(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2984(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the previous tabbed section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2945(para) ../C/keynav.xml:2993(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the next tabbed section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2951(para)
+msgid ""
+"<keycap>Tab</keycap> or<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow</"
+"keycap></keycombo>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2954(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the first control on the active tabbed section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2960(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate the tabbed sections of a window or dialog when a control on a "
+"tabbed section has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2980(para)
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo> or "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></"
+"keycombo>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2985(para)
+msgid ""
+"This keyboard shortcut does not work if the focused control uses "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo> for "
+"another purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2990(para)
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo> or "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Page Down</"
+"keycap></keycombo>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:2994(para)
+msgid ""
+"This keyboard shortcut does not work if the focused control uses "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo> for "
+"another purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3003(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the next control outside the tabbed sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3012(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3015(secondary)
+msgid "for lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3017(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate multi-column lists when a column header has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3036(para)
+msgid "<keycap>left arrow</keycap> or <keycap>right arrow</keycap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3040(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the previous or next column header."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3051(para)
+msgid "Activate the header. This action usually sorts the list by the column header."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3062(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the list contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3068(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to "
+"navigate lists when the contents of the list has focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3090(para)
+msgid "Select the next or previous row or column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3100(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the top row of the list contents that are in view. Press <keycap>Page "
+"Up</keycap> again to select the top row of the previous view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3112(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the bottom row of the list contents that are in view. Press "
+"<keycap>Page Down</keycap> again to select the bottom row of the next view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3124(para)
+msgid "Select the first row in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3134(para)
+msgid "Select the last row in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3143(para)
+msgid ""
+"For lists that support multi-line selections, add the next or previous row "
+"or column to the current selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3146(para)
+msgid ""
+"For lists that only allow single line selections, select the next or "
+"previous row or column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3155(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select all the rows between the current selection and the top row of the "
+"view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3163(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select all the rows between the current selection and the bottom row of the "
+"view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3172(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select all the rows between the current selection and the first row in the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3181(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select all the rows between the current selection and the last row in the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3191(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the next row or column but do not extend the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3200(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the top row in the view but do not extend the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3208(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the bottom row in the view but do not extend the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3216(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the first row in the list but do not extend the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3224(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the last row in the list but do not extend the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3235(para)
+msgid "Activate the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3240(keycap)
+msgid "A"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3243(para)
+msgid "For lists that support multiline selections, select all rows in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3252(para)
+msgid "Give focus to the column header, if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3261(title)
+msgid "To Navigate Trees"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3262(para)
+msgid ""
+"A tree is a user interface control that contains sections that you can "
+"expand and collapse. A tree usually represents a hierarchical structure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3265(title)
+msgid "Sample Tree Structure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3272(phrase)
+msgid ""
+"Categories tree from the gedit Preferences dialog. Contains three "
+"subcategories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3277(para)
+msgid ""
+"To navigate trees, you can use the same keyboard shortcuts that are listed "
+"in <xref linkend=\"keynav-34\"/>. In addition, the following table lists the "
+"keyboard shortcuts you can use for the tree items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3297(para)
+msgid "<keycap>+</keycap> (plus)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3300(para)
+msgid "Expand the focused item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3305(para)
+msgid "<keycap>-</keycap> (minus)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3308(para)
+msgid "Collapse the focused item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3315(keycap)
+msgid "Back Space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3319(para)
+msgid "Select the parent item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3324(keycap)
+msgid "F"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3327(para)
+msgid ""
+"Display a search dialog. You can type the name of the tree item that you "
+"want to find."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3337(title)
+msgid "Customizing Your Keyboard Shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3340(secondary)
+msgid "customizing"
+msgstr "personalización"
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3342(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool to "
+"display the default keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate the GNOME "
+"Desktop. You can customize the default keyboard shortcuts to meet your "
+"requirements. You can also create hot keys. Hot keys are keyboard shortcuts "
+"that start applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3347(para)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To start the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool, "
+"choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Desktop "
+"Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard Shortcuts</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Desktop shortcuts</guilabel> table lists the "
+"keyboard shortcut that is associated with each action."
+msgstr ""
+"Use la herramienta de preferencias <guilabel>Ratón</guilabel> para "
+"configurar el ratón para que se adapte a sus necesidades. Para abrir la "
+"herramienta de preferencia del <guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>, elija "
+"<menuchoice><guimenu>Escritorio</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferencias</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Ratón</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Se muestra el "
+"diálogo de <guilabel>Preferencias del ratón</guilabel>."
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3351(title)
+msgid "To Customize Keyboard Shortcuts on Solaris Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3352(para)
+msgid ""
+"To customize a keyboard shortcut on a Solaris system, perform the following "
+"steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3356(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the action for which you want to customize the keyboard shortcut. "
+"The row is highlighted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3360(para) ../C/keynav.xml:3376(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the keyboard shortcut in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column. "
+"The text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> "
+"is displayed in the Shortcut column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3364(para) ../C/keynav.xml:3396(para)
+msgid ""
+"Press the keys that you want to associate with the action. The new keyboard "
+"shortcut is displayed in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3369(para) ../C/keynav.xml:3401(para)
+msgid "To disable a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3372(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the action for which you want to disable the keyboard shortcut. The "
+"row is highlighted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3380(para) ../C/keynav.xml:3409(para)
+msgid "Press <keycap>Back Space</keycap>. The keyboard shortcut is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3386(title)
+msgid "To Customize Keyboard Shortcuts on Linux Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3387(para)
+msgid ""
+"To customize a keyboard shortcut on a Linux system, perform the following "
+"steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3391(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the action for which you want to customize the keyboard shortcut. "
+"The row is highlighted and the text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press "
+"Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/keynav.xml:3404(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the action for which you want to disable the keyboard shortcut. The "
+"row is highlighted and the text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press "
+"Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/legal.xml:2(para)
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any "
+"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant "
+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy "
+"of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or "
+"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Se concede permiso para copiar, distribuir o modificar este documento según "
+"las condiciones de la GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Versión 1.1 o "
+"cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free Software Foundation sin "
+"Secciones invariantes, Textos de portada y Textos de contraportada. "
+"Encontrará una copia de la GFDL en este <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl"
+"\">enlace</ulink> o en el archivo COPYING-DOCS distribuido con este manual."
+
+#: ../C/legal.xml:12(para)
+msgid ""
+"This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the "
+"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, "
+"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in "
+"section 6 of the license."
+msgstr ""
+"Este manual es parte de la colección de manuales GNOME distribuidos bajo el "
+"GFDL. Si quiere distribuir este manual separadamente de la colección, puede "
+"hacerlo añadiendo una copia de la licencia al manual, como está descrito en "
+"la sección 6 de la licencia."
+
+#: ../C/legal.xml:19(para)
+msgid ""
+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "
+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME "
+"documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made "
+"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Muchos de los nombres utilizados por las empresas para distinguir sus "
+"productos y servicios se consideran marcas comerciales. Cuando estos nombres "
+"aparezcan en la documentación de GNOME, y siempre que se haya informado a "
+"los miembros del Proyecto de documentación de GNOME de dichas marcas "
+"comerciales, los nombres aparecerán en mayúsculas o con las iniciales en "
+"mayúsculas."
+
+#: ../C/legal.xml:35(para)
+msgid ""
+"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "
+"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT "
+"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "
+"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "
+"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "
+"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "
+"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "
+"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "
+"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN "
+"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION "
+"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"
+msgstr ""
+"EL DOCUMENTO SE ENTREGA \"TAL CUAL\", SIN GARANTÍA DE NINGÚN TIPO, NI "
+"EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA INCLUYENDO, SIN LIMITACIÓN, GARANTÍA DE QUE EL "
+"DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE ÉSTE CAREZCA DE DEFECTOS EN EL MOMENTO DE "
+"SU VENTA, SEA ADECUADO A UN FIN CONCRETO O INCUMPLA ALGUNA NORMATIVA. TODO "
+"EL RIESGO RELATIVO A LA CALIDAD, PRECISIÓN Y UTILIDAD DEL DOCUMENTO O SU "
+"VERSIÓN MODIFICADA RECAE EN USTED. SI CUALQUIER DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN "
+"MODIFICADA DE AQUÉL RESULTARA DEFECTUOSO EN CUALQUIER ASPECTO, USTED (Y NO "
+"EL REDACTOR INICIAL, AUTOR O AUTOR DE APORTACIONES) ASUMIRÁ LOS COSTES DE "
+"TODA REPARACIÓN, MANTENIMIENTO O CORRECCIÓN NECESARIOS. ESTA EXENCIÓN DE "
+"RESPONSABILIDAD SOBRE LA GARANTÍA ES UNA PARTE ESENCIAL DE ESTA LICENCIA. NO "
+"SE AUTORIZA EL USO DE NINGÚN DOCUMENTO NI VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE ÉSTE POR EL "
+"PRESENTE, SALVO DENTRO DEL CUMPLIMIENTO DE LA EXENCIÓN DE RESPONSABILIDAD;Y"
+
+#: ../C/legal.xml:55(para)
+msgid ""
+"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING "
+"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY "
+"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE "
+"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON "
+"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF "
+"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, "
+"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES "
+"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED "
+"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE "
+"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
+msgstr ""
+"EN NINGUNA CIRCUNSTANCIA NI SEGÚN NINGÚN ARGUMENTO LEGAL, SEA POR MOTIVOS "
+"CULPOSOS (INCLUIDA LA NEGLIGENCIA), CONTRACTUALES O DE OTRO TIPO, NI EL "
+"AUTOR, NI EL REDACTOR INICIAL, NI CUALQUIER COLABORADOR, NI CUALQUIER "
+"DISTRIBUIDOR DEL DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DEL MISMO, NI CUALQUIER "
+"PROVEEDOR DE CUALQUIERA DE DICHAS PARTES, SERÁN RESPONSABLES, ANTE NINGÚN "
+"TERCERO, DE NINGÚN DAÑO O PERJUICIO DIRECTO, INDIRECTO, ESPECIAL, INCIDENTAL "
+"O CONSIGUIENTE DE NINGÚN TIPO, INCLUIDOS, SIN LIMITACIÓN, LOS DAÑOS POR "
+"PÉRDIDA DE FONDO DE COMERCIO, INTERRUPCIÓN DEL TRABAJO, FALLO O MAL "
+"FUNCIONAMIENTO INFORMÁTICO, NI CUALQUIER OTRO DAÑO O PÉRDIDA DERIVADOS DEL "
+"USO DEL DOCUMENTO Y LAS VERSIONES MODIFICADAS DEL MISMO, O RELACIONADO CON "
+"ELLO, INCLUSO SI SE HABÍA COMUNICADO A AQUELLA PARTE LA POSIBILIDAD DE TALES "
+"DAÑOS."
+
+#: ../C/legal.xml:28(para)
+msgid ""
+"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS "
+"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+"ESTE DOCUMENTO Y LAS VERSIONES MODIFICADAS DEL MISMO SE PROPORCIONAN SEGÚN "
+"LAS CONDICIONES ESTABLECIDAS EN LA LICENCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓN LIBRE DE GNU "
+"(GFDL) Y TENIENDO EN CUENTA QUE: <placeholder-1/>"
+
+#: ../C/preface.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Preface"
+msgstr "Prefacio"
+
+#: ../C/preface.xml:3(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <citetitle>GNOME 2.10 Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle> describes "
+"how to configure, customize, and use the accessibility features of the GNOME "
+"2.10 Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+"La <citetitle>Guía de accesibilidad del escritorio GNOME 2.14.0</citetitle> "
+"describe cómo configurar, personalizar, y usar las características de "
+"accesibilidad del escritorio GNOME 2.14.0."
+
+#: ../C/preface.xml:8(title)
+msgid "Who Should Read This Guide"
+msgstr "Quien debería leer esta guía"
+
+#: ../C/preface.xml:9(para)
+msgid ""
+"This guide is for users, system administrators, and anyone who is interested "
+"in how the GNOME Desktop supports people with disabilities and addresses the "
+"requirements of Section 508 of the U.S. Rehabilitation Act. How This Guide "
+"Is Organized This guide is structured in the following manner: introduces "
+"you to accessibility in the GNOME Desktop. describes how to configure the "
+"mouse and keyboard to make these devices accessible to more users. describes "
+"how to navigate the GNOME Desktop from the keyboard. describes the methods "
+"you can use to change the appearance of the GNOME Desktop to enhance the "
+"accessibility of the desktop for users with visual impairments. introduces "
+"you to the assistive technologies that are available from the GNOME Desktop. "
+"describes the system administrator tasks that you need to perform before you "
+"can use the assistive technologies for the GNOME Desktop. Related "
+"Documentation The following manuals are related to this guide: GNOME 2.10 "
+"Desktop System Administration Guide GNOME 2.10 Desktop User Guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:3(title)
+msgid "System Administration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:4(para)
+msgid ""
+"This appendix describes some tasks that a system administrator needs to "
+"perform to enable accessible login and to facilitate the use of the "
+"assistive technologies that are available in the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:9(title)
+msgid "Configuring the Desktop for Accessible Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:11(primary)
+msgid "accessible login feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:13(para)
+msgid ""
+"The GNOME Desktop includes an Accessible Login feature. The Accessible Login "
+"feature enables users to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:17(para)
+msgid ""
+"Log in to the desktop even if the user cannot easily use the screen, mouse, "
+"or keyboard in the usual way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:21(para)
+msgid ""
+"Launch assistive technologies at login time by associating a user action "
+"with an assistive technology application. The user can perform the user "
+"action from the standard keyboard, or from a keyboard, pointing device, or "
+"switch device that is attached to the USB or PS/2 mouse port. These user "
+"actions are called gestures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:28(para)
+msgid ""
+"Change the visual appearance of the login dialog before the user logs in, "
+"for example, to use a high contrast theme for better visibility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:33(title)
+msgid "To Enable Accessible Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:35(primary)
+msgid "GDM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:37(para)
+msgid ""
+"To enable the Accessible Login feature for the GNOME Desktop, you must "
+"configure the desktop to use the GNOME Display Manager (GDM) as the login "
+"manager. GDM is the default login manager on Linux systems but not on "
+"Solaris systems, therefore the instructions to enable Accessible Login "
+"differ depending on the platform you are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:44(title)
+msgid "To Enable and Configure GDM on Solaris Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:45(para)
+msgid ""
+"To enable and configure GDM as the login manager on Solaris systems, perform "
+"the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:49(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:150(para)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:457(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:709(para)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:739(para)
+msgid "Log in as the <literal>root</literal> user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:52(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:153(para)
+msgid "Open the file <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:55(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:66(para)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:156(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:167(para)
+msgid "Search the file for the following line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:57(literal) ../C/sysadmin.xml:158(literal)
+msgid "#AddGtkModules=false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:59(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:160(para)
+msgid "and replace the line with the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:61(literal) ../C/sysadmin.xml:162(literal)
+msgid "AddGtkModules=true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:63(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:164(para)
+msgid "This step enables the GtkModules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:68(literal) ../C/sysadmin.xml:169(literal)
+msgid "#GtkModulesList=gail:atk-bridge:dwellmouselistener:keymouselistener"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:70(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:171(para)
+msgid ""
+"and delete the <literal>#</literal> from the start of the line so that the "
+"line reads:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:73(literal) ../C/sysadmin.xml:174(literal)
+msgid "GtkModulesList=gail:atk-bridge:dwellmouselistener:keymouselistener"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:76(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:177(para)
+msgid ""
+"The above lines must be displayed as single lines in the <filename>gdm.conf</"
+"filename> file without line breaks. The formatting of this guide may display "
+"the lines over two lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:79(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:180(para)
+msgid ""
+"This step loads all of the GtkModules to enable assistive technologies such "
+"as <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> and <application>Screen "
+"Reader and Magnifier</application>. You can edit the line above further to "
+"load only the GtkModules that you require to support the user base. For "
+"example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:85(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:186(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use the <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</"
+"application>, include <literal>gail</literal> and <literal>atk-bridge</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:88(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use a pointing device without buttons or switches, include "
+"<literal>gail</literal>, <literal>atk-bridge</literal>, "
+"and<literal>dwellmouselistener</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:92(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:193(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you use pointing devices with switches, alternative physical keyboards, "
+"or switch and button devices, include <literal>keymouselistener</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:96(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:197(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> can operate without "
+"<literal>gail</literal> and <literal>atk-bridge</literal> but with a reduced "
+"feature set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:101(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:202(para)
+msgid ""
+"For optimum accessibility, include <literal>gail</literal> and <literal>atk-"
+"bridge</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:104(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:205(para)
+msgid "Save the <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:107(para)
+msgid ""
+"Enter the following command to stop the <application>dtlogin</application> "
+"manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:109(command)
+msgid "/usr/dt/bin/dtconfig -d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:113(para)
+msgid "Enter the following commands to configure GDM as the login manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:116(command)
+msgid "svccfg import /var/svc/manifest/application/gdm2-login.xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:119(command)
+msgid "svcadm enable application/gdm2-login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:122(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:207(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you make any changes to the <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> "
+"file after you enable GDM, you can execute the following command to restart "
+"GDM and activate the changes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:125(command) ../C/sysadmin.xml:210(command)
+msgid "gdm-restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:130(para)
+msgid ""
+"Edit the file <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> to append the following to "
+"the end of the <literal>gdm</literal> line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:133(literal)
+msgid ":/etc/X11/gdm/home"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:137(para)
+msgid ""
+"Create the <literal>/etc/X11/gdm/home</literal> directory and assign "
+"ownership of the directory to the <literal>gdm</literal> user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:141(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:223(para)
+msgid "Restart your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:146(title)
+msgid "To Configure GDM on Linux Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:147(para)
+msgid "To configure GDM on Linux systems, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:189(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use a pointing device without buttons or switches, include "
+"<literal>gail</literal>, <literal>atk-bridge</literal>, and "
+"<literal>dwellmouselistener</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:215(para)
+msgid ""
+"Edit the file <filename>/etc/group</filename> and append the following to "
+"the <literal>audio</literal> line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:218(literal)
+msgid ",gdm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:220(para)
+msgid "This step ensures that speech works with GDM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:229(title)
+msgid "To Start Assistive Technologies at Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:231(primary)
+msgid "gestures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:233(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you load the <literal>keymouselistener</literal> and "
+"<literal>dwellmouselistener</literal> GtkModules in the GDM configuration "
+"file, you can assign user actions to launch specific assistive technologies "
+"at login time. These user actions are called gestures. The gesture "
+"associations are contained in the following GDM configuration files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:241(filename)
+msgid "/etc/X11/gdm/modules/AccessKeyMouseEvents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:246(filename)
+msgid "/etc/X11/gdm/modules/AccessDwellMouseEvents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:251(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you modify these files, you must restart your system before the changes "
+"take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:254(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following sections contain examples of the gestures that you can add to "
+"the GDM configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:257(para)
+msgid ""
+"The gestures must be contained in a single line in the "
+"<filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file without line breaks. The "
+"formatting of this guide might display the examples in the following "
+"sections over two lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:261(title)
+msgid "To Start Screen Reader Using a Keyboard Shortcut"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:262(para)
+msgid ""
+"Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate "
+"keyboard shortcuts with assistive technologies. For example, the following "
+"line enables you to press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</"
+"keycap></keycombo> for one second to start <application>Screen Reader and "
+"Magnifier</application> in speech and Braille mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:271(literal)
+msgid ""
+"&lt;Control&gt;s 1 1000 10000 /usr/sfw/bin/srcore --login --disable-"
+"magnifier --enable-speech --enable-braille"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:278(literal)
+msgid ""
+"&lt;Control&gt;s 1 1000 10000 srcore --login --disable-magnifier --enable-"
+"speech --enable-braille"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:283(title)
+msgid "To Start Magnifier Using a Keyboard Shortcut"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:284(para)
+msgid ""
+"Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate "
+"keyboard shortcuts with assistive technologies. For example, the following "
+"line enables you to press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>M</"
+"keycap></keycombo> for one second to start <application>Screen Reader and "
+"Magnifier</application> in magnifier mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:293(literal)
+msgid ""
+"&lt;Control&gt;m 1 1000 10000 /usr/sfw/bin/srcore --login --enable-magnifier "
+"--disable-speech"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:300(literal)
+msgid ""
+"&lt;Control&gt;m 1 1000 10000 srcore --login --enable-magnifier --disable-"
+"speech"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:305(title)
+msgid "To Start On-Screen Keyboard Using a Switch or Button Gesture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:306(para)
+msgid ""
+"Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate switch, "
+"key, or button gestures with assistive technologies. Since the primary input "
+"device for many <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> users is a "
+"switch or button, this is a good way to enable users to start "
+"<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> at login time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:310(para)
+msgid ""
+"If there is a tendency for a user to start an application unintentionally, "
+"you can associate the gestures with multiple switch presses or minimum "
+"durations. For example, the following line starts <application>On-Screen "
+"Keyboard</application> in inverse scanning mode when the user presses the "
+"switch that is defined as Switch 2 three times within two seconds, for a "
+"minimum of 100 milliseconds for each press:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:320(literal)
+msgid ""
+"&lt;Switch2&gt;3 100 2000 /usr/sfw/bin/gok --login --"
+"accessmethod=inversescanning --scan-action=switch1 --select-action=switch2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:327(literal)
+msgid ""
+"&lt;Switch2&gt;3 100 2000 gok --login --accessmethod=inversescanning --scan-"
+"action=switch1 --select-action=switch2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:330(para)
+msgid ""
+"Users who use single switches may prefer to start <application>On-Screen "
+"Keyboard</application> in automatic scanning mode. The following line starts "
+"<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in automatic scanning mode "
+"when the user presses the switch on an alternative access device for more "
+"than four seconds:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:337(literal)
+msgid ""
+"&lt;Switch&gt;1 4000 5000 /usr/sfw/bin/gok --login --"
+"accessmethod=automaticscanning --scan-action=switch1 --select-action=switch1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:344(literal)
+msgid ""
+"&lt;Switch&gt;1 4000 5000 gok --login --accessmethod=automaticscanning --"
+"scan-action=switch1 --select-action=switch1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:347(para)
+msgid ""
+"For information about the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> "
+"operating modes, see the online Help for <application>On-Screen Keyboard</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:351(title)
+msgid "To Start On-Screen Keyboard Using a Motion-only Gesture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:352(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can define gestures that involve only the motion of a pointing device "
+"such as a mouse, or an alternative pointing device, such as a head pointer "
+"or trackball. The syntax of the gesture does not change depending on whether "
+"you are using a mouse or an alternative pointing device. Edit the "
+"<filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate motion gestures "
+"with assistive technologies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:357(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the <literal>dwellmouselistener</literal> GtkModule is loaded, "
+"alternative pointing devices are temporarily latched to the core pointer. "
+"This means that if the user moves the alternative pointing device, the "
+"onscreen pointer moves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:360(para)
+msgid ""
+"For example, the following line starts <application>On-Screen Keyboard</"
+"application> in dwell mode when the user moves the onscreen pointer from "
+"inside the login dialog through the top edge, back into the dialog through "
+"the top edge, out of the dialog through the left edge, back into the dialog "
+"through the left edge, and similarly through the bottom and right edges of "
+"the dialog in a cross pattern:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:369(literal)
+msgid ""
+"TTLLBBRR O 10000 /usr/sfw/bin/gok --login --access-method=dwellselection --"
+"input-device=MOUSE[3]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:376(literal)
+msgid ""
+"TTLLBBRR O 10000 gok --login --access-method=dwellselection --input-"
+"device=MOUSE[3]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:379(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that the <literal>--input-device</literal> parameter specified in the "
+"gesture must match the name of the extended user input device, such as a "
+"head pointer or trackball, as specified in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:385(title)
+msgid "Additional Requirements for Accessible Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:386(para)
+msgid ""
+"To enable the Accessible Login feature to use alternative pointing devices "
+"and switch devices such as sip-and-puff switches, wheelchair-mounted "
+"switches, or trackballs, you might need to modify your X server system "
+"configuration to recognize these devices. You can use most devices that "
+"emulate mouse buttons with the Accessible Login feature and <application>On-"
+"Screen Keyboard</application>, including USB single switches and mouse-like "
+"pointing devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:393(para)
+msgid ""
+"You should not configure an alternative input device to control the primary "
+"onscreen pointer. This might result in undesirable behavior or cause "
+"situations from which the user of the alternate input device cannot recover "
+"without using the primary keyboard or mouse. To prevent this problem, please "
+"remove any occurrences of the attributes <literal>SendCore</literal> or "
+"<literal>AlwaysCore</literal> from any of <literal>InputDevice</literal> "
+"lines in the X Server configuration file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:404(title)
+msgid "Configuring the Java Environment for Accessibility on Solaris Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:406(primary)
+msgid "Java environment, configuring"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:408(para)
+msgid ""
+"To configure the Java environment on Solaris systems for accessibility, "
+"perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:412(para)
+msgid ""
+"Log in as the <literal>root</literal> user to the base directory of the Java "
+"SDK installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:416(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:422(para)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:428(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:434(para)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:712(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:718(para)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:742(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:748(para)
+msgid "Enter the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:418(command)
+msgid "cd jre/lib"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:424(command)
+msgid "ln -s /usr/share/jar/accessibility.properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:430(command)
+msgid "cd ext"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:436(command)
+msgid "ln -s /usr/share/jar/gnome-java-bridge.jar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:442(title)
+msgid "Enabling XKB on Solaris Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:444(primary)
+msgid "XKB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:446(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you are using the desktop for the Solaris operating system on a SPARC "
+"platform, you must enable XKB on your system before you can use the "
+"<application>AccessX</application> preference tool, <application>Screen "
+"Reader and Magnifier</application>, or <application>On-Screen Keyboard</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:451(para)
+msgid "XKB is not currently supported on Sun Ray systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:453(para)
+msgid "To enable XKB on a non-Sun Ray Solaris system, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:460(para)
+msgid ""
+"Check if the path and file <filename>/etc/dt/config/Xservers</filename> "
+"exists on your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:463(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the <filename>/etc/dt/config</filename> directory does not exist, enter "
+"the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:466(command)
+msgid "mkdir -p /etc/dt/config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:470(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the <filename>Xservers</filename> file is not present, enter the "
+"following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:473(command)
+msgid "cp /usr/dt/config/Xservers /etc/dt/config/Xservers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:477(para)
+msgid ""
+"Open the <filename>Xservers</filename> file in a text editor and scroll to "
+"the end of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:481(para)
+msgid "Append the following to the command line at the end of the file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:484(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "+kb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:488(para)
+msgid "Save and close the <filename>Xservers</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:491(para)
+msgid "Enter the following command at a command line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:493(command)
+msgid "pkill -HUP dtlogin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:497(para)
+msgid "Open the <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> file in a text editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:501(para)
+msgid ""
+"Scroll towards the end of the file until you see the line <literal>[server - "
+"standard]</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:504(para)
+msgid ""
+"Edit the <literal>command</literal> line in this section to append the "
+"following to the end of the line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:507(command)
+msgid "+accessx +kb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:511(para)
+msgid "Save and close the <filename>gdm.conf</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:514(para)
+msgid "Log out of your session and log in again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:517(para)
+msgid "To verify if XKB is running, execute the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:519(command)
+msgid "xdpyinfo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:521(para)
+msgid "then search for XKEYBOARD in the extensions list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:526(title)
+msgid "Enabling Full Screen Magnification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:529(secondary)
+msgid "enabling full screen magnification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:532(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following sections describe the methods to enable full screen "
+"magnification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:535(title)
+msgid "To Enable Full Screen Magnification Using Two Video Cards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:536(para)
+msgid ""
+"To enable full screen magnification in <application>Screen Reader and "
+"Magnifier</application> using two physical video cards, perform the "
+"following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:541(para)
+msgid "Configure two video cards as :0.0 and :0.1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:543(para)
+msgid ""
+"It is not essential that both video cards have the same resolution and bit "
+"depth. However, if the resolutions and bit depths of both cards differ "
+"greatly, the apparent magnification factor may differ slightly from the "
+"nominal magnification factor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:550(para)
+msgid ""
+"Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Accessibility</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Screen Reader and Magnifier</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:553(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:652(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Gnopernicus</"
+"guilabel> menu window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:556(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:655(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>Magnifier</guilabel> to open the <guilabel>Magnifier "
+"Preferences</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:559(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:658(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guibutton>Add/Modify</guibutton> button to display the "
+"<guilabel>Zoomer Options</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:563(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Display Screen</guilabel> section, type <userinput>:0.0</"
+"userinput> in the <guilabel>Source</guilabel> text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:566(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Display Screen</guilabel> section, type <userinput>:0.1</"
+"userinput> in the <guilabel>Target</guilabel> text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:569(para)
+msgid "Set the Zoomer Placement values to be <literal>[0,0,1023,767]</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:571(para)
+msgid "These instructions assume a video resolution of 1024x768."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:575(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> and <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close "
+"the <guilabel>Zoomer Options</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:577(para)
+msgid "The magnified view is displayed on the second display 0.1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:582(title)
+msgid "To Enable Full Screen Magnification Using One Video Card on Linux Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:583(para)
+msgid ""
+"To enable full screen magnification on Linux systems using one physical "
+"video card and one virtual video card, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:587(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:862(para)
+msgid "Open the file <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:590(para)
+msgid "Create a new section at the end of the file as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:591(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Section \"Device\"\n"
+"Boardname \"dummy\"\n"
+"Driver \"dummy\"\n"
+"Identifier \"dummy\"\n"
+"VendorName \"dummy\"\n"
+"EndSection "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:599(para)
+msgid ""
+"Copy the <literal>Monitor</literal> section and paste it at the end of the "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:603(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the new <literal>Monitor</literal> section, edit the <literal>Identifier</"
+"literal> line as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:605(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Identifier \"MonitorD\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:609(para)
+msgid ""
+"Copy the <literal>Screen</literal> section and paste it at the end of the "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:613(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the new <literal>Screen</literal> section, edit the <literal>Device</"
+"literal>, <literal>Identifier</literal>, and <literal>Monitor</literal> "
+"lines as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:616(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Device \"dummy\"\n"
+"Identifier \"ScreenD\"\n"
+"Monitor \"MonitorD\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:622(para)
+msgid ""
+"Edit the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> section to change the "
+"<literal>Screen</literal> line as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:625(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Screen \"Screen[0]\" 0 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:629(para)
+msgid "Insert the following line in the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> section:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:632(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Screen \"Screen[D]\" RightOf \"Screen[0]\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:636(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:931(para)
+msgid "Save the <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:639(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:831(para)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:934(para)
+msgid "Restart the X Server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:642(para)
+msgid "Start the <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:646(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>Startup Mode</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Gnopernicus</"
+"guilabel> menu window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:649(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the <guilabel>Magnifier</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Startup "
+"Mode</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:662(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Display Screen</guilabel> section, type <userinput>:0.1</"
+"userinput> in the <guilabel>Source</guilabel> text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:665(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Zoomer Placement</guilabel> section, set the value of the "
+"<guilabel>Left</guilabel> spin box to <userinput>0</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:669(para)
+msgid "Click <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:670(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application> user interface is "
+"no longer visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:674(para)
+msgid "Log out of your session."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:677(para)
+msgid "Log in to a new session."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:680(para)
+msgid ""
+"Enter the following command to start <application>Screen Reader and "
+"Magnifier</application> in full screen magnification mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:683(command)
+msgid "gnopernicus -display :0.1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:687(para)
+msgid ""
+"When you log out of your session, select the <guilabel>Save current setup</"
+"guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:694(title)
+msgid "Enabling Braille"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:696(primary)
+msgid "Braille, enabling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:698(para)
+msgid ""
+"To enable your system to support Braille output, you must configure the "
+"access rights to the serial port to which the Braille device is connected. "
+"The following sections describe the steps that you need to perform depending "
+"on your operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:704(title)
+msgid "To Enable Braille on Solaris Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:705(para)
+msgid ""
+"To configure the serial port to which the Braille device is connected on "
+"Solaris systems, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:714(command)
+msgid "chmod 777 /dev/cua/a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:720(command)
+msgid "chmod 777 /dev/cua/b"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:724(para)
+msgid ""
+"Change the permissions to <literal>777</literal> on the devices to which the "
+"symbolic links <literal>/dev/cua/a</literal> and <literal>/dev/cua/b</"
+"literal> point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:729(para)
+msgid ""
+"If your system uses <command>/dev/cua/a</command> for system log messages, "
+"Braille will not work on that serial port. Use <command>/dev/cua/b</command> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:734(title)
+msgid "To Enable Braille on Linux Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:735(para)
+msgid ""
+"To configure the serial port to which the Braille device is connected on "
+"Linux systems, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:744(command)
+msgid "chmod 777 /dev/ttyS0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:750(command)
+msgid "chmod 777 /dev/ttyS1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:757(title)
+msgid "Configuring Alternative Pointer Devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:758(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following sections describe how to configure your system to use a "
+"standard physical mouse and another pointer device such as a single switch "
+"device or head tracker device, and how to configure <application>On-Screen "
+"Keyboard</application> to use the second pointer device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:763(title)
+msgid "To Configure Alternative Pointer Devices on Solaris Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:765(primary) ../C/sysadmin.xml:838(primary)
+msgid "configuring two pointer devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:766(secondary)
+msgid "on Solaris systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:769(para)
+msgid ""
+"To configure an alternative pointer device on a Solaris system, perform the "
+"following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:772(para)
+msgid "This procedure does not work on all Solaris platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:776(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:846(para)
+msgid ""
+"Before you connect the alternative pointer device to your system, enter the "
+"following command to list the existing devices:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:779(command) ../C/sysadmin.xml:788(command)
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:849(command) ../C/sysadmin.xml:858(command)
+msgid "ls -l /dev/usb/hid*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:783(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:853(para)
+msgid "Connect the alternative pointer device to your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:786(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:856(para)
+msgid "Enter the following command again to list the new device:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:792(para)
+msgid "Open the file <filename>/usr/openwin/server/etc/OWconfig</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:795(para)
+msgid "Add the following lines to the <filename>OWconfig</filename> file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:798(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# Sun Mouse module\n"
+"class=\"XINPUT\" name=\"IMOUSE2\"\n"
+"dev=\"/dev/usb/hid2\" strmod=\"usbms\"\n"
+"ddxHandler=\"ddxSUNWmouse.so.1\"\n"
+"ddxInitFunc=\"ddxSUNWmouseProc\";"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:804(para)
+msgid "where:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:807(para)
+msgid ""
+"the <literal>name</literal> option starts with the string <literal>IMOUSE</"
+"literal> but is extended to form a unique string, such as <literal>IMOUSE2</"
+"literal> or <literal>IMOUSE3</literal>, depending on the number of existing "
+"devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:811(para)
+msgid ""
+"the <literal>dev</literal> option specifies the device name that you "
+"identified in Step 3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:817(para)
+msgid "Remove the following lines from the <filename>OWconfig</filename> file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:820(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# Null Mouse module\n"
+"class=\"XINPUT\" name=\"NMOUSE\"\n"
+"ddxHandler=\"ddxSUNWmouse.so.1\"\n"
+"ddxInitFunc=\"ddxnullmouseProc\";"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:827(para)
+msgid "Save the <filename>/usr/openwin/server/etc/OWconfig</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:836(title)
+msgid "To Configure Alternative Pointer Devices on Linux Systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:839(secondary)
+msgid "on Linux systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:842(para)
+msgid ""
+"To configure an alternative pointer device on a Linux system, perform the "
+"following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:865(para)
+msgid ""
+"Edit the <literal>InputDevice</literal> section where the <literal>Driver</"
+"literal> value is set to <literal>mouse</literal> as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:868(para)
+msgid "Change the <literal>Option Device</literal> line to the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:870(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Option \"Device\" \"/dev/input/mouse0\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:874(para)
+msgid "Comment out the <literal>Option Protocol</literal> line as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:877(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "#Option \"Protocol\" \"explorerps/2\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:882(para) ../C/sysadmin.xml:898(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you are not using USB connections for your primary mouse device and other "
+"pointer device, you do not need to carry out this step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:887(para)
+msgid "Create a new <literal>InputDevice</literal> section as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:889(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Section \"InputDevice\"\n"
+"Driver \"mouse\"\n"
+"Identifier \"Mouse[3]\"\n"
+"Option \"Device\" \"/dev/input/mouse1\"\n"
+"Option \"Name\" \"Autodetection\"\n"
+"Option \"Vendor\" \"Sysp\"\n"
+"EndSection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:903(para)
+msgid "Edit the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> section as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:906(para)
+msgid "Change the <literal>InputDevice \"Mouse[1]\"</literal> line to the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:909(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "InputDevice \"Mouse[1]\" \"CorePointer\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:913(para)
+msgid "Create a new <literal>InputDevice</literal> line as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:915(literallayout)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "InputDevice \"Mouse[3]\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:920(para)
+msgid ""
+"Remove any occurrences of the attributes <literal>SendCore</literal> or "
+"<literal>AlwaysCore</literal> from any of <literal>InputDevice</literal> "
+"lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:924(para)
+msgid ""
+"Ensure that only the device that you are using as the primary mouse device "
+"has the <literal>\"CorePointer\"</literal> attribute and ensure that the "
+"alternate input devices do not have the <literal>SendCore</literal> or "
+"<literal>AlwaysCore</literal> attributes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:939(title)
+msgid "To Configure On-Screen Keyboard to Use an Alternative Pointer Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:942(secondary)
+msgid "configuring for two pointer devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:945(para)
+msgid ""
+"To configure the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> application "
+"to use an alternative pointer device, perform the following steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:949(para)
+msgid "Start the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:952(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>GOK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>GOK - main</guilabel> "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:955(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> to open the <guilabel>Preferences</"
+"guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:958(para)
+msgid "Click on the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:961(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Event Source</guilabel> options, select the <guilabel>Other "
+"input device</guilabel> option. <application>On-Screen Reader</application> "
+"displays the name of the input device that you configured in the text box "
+"next to the <guilabel>Other input device</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/sysadmin.xml:966(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>GOK Preferences</"
+"guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Customizing the Appearance of the Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:3(para)
+msgid ""
+"This chapter describes the methods you can use to change the appearance of "
+"the GNOME Desktop to enhance the accessibility of the desktop for users with "
+"visual impairments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:7(title)
+msgid "Customization Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:9(primary) ../C/themes.xml:523(primary)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:533(primary) ../C/themes.xml:556(primary)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:586(primary) ../C/themes.xml:674(primary)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:708(primary)
+msgid "customizing the desktop appearance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:11(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of methods to enable you to customize the appearance of "
+"the GNOME Desktop to suit your specific needs, as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:16(term)
+msgid "Themes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:18(para)
+msgid ""
+"Themes are the most effective way to change the appearance of the desktop in "
+"a consistent manner. See <xref linkend=\"themes-2\"/> for more information "
+"about themes and how to use themes to achieve the type of desktop "
+"environment that you require."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:24(term)
+msgid "Desktop and application-specific configuration settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:26(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can customize different components of the desktop individually to "
+"achieve the display settings that you require. You can configure the desktop "
+"and applications in addition to using themes or as an alternative to using "
+"themes. See <xref linkend=\"themes-7\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:33(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following table summarizes the changes that you can make to the GNOME "
+"Desktop and where you can make the changes. This guide does not provide "
+"detailed instructions about how to customize the desktop. For detailed "
+"instructions about how to use the customization tools that the desktop "
+"provides, refer to the Help for each tool or to the <citetitle>GNOME 2.8 "
+"Desktop User Guide</citetitle>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:39(title)
+msgid "Quick Reference to Customizing the Appearance of the Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:46(para)
+msgid "To change the..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:49(para)
+msgid "Use..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:56(para)
+msgid ""
+"Overall appearance of the desktop to use high contrast colors, low contrast "
+"colors, or large print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:60(para)
+msgid "The <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:65(para)
+msgid "Appearance of the desktop background only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:68(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <application>Desktop Background</application> preference tool and the "
+"file manager <guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:74(para)
+msgid "Font displayed on the desktop background and in all desktop applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:78(para)
+msgid "The <application>Font</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:83(para)
+msgid ""
+"Default font settings of the <application>Text Editor</application> or "
+"<application>Terminal</application> application. By default, these "
+"applications use the default application font that is specified in the "
+"<application>Font</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:88(para)
+msgid "The <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog for the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:96(title)
+msgid "Using Themes to Customize the Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:97(para)
+msgid ""
+"This section describes how to use themes to customize the appearance of the "
+"GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:100(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Themes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:102(primary) ../C/themes.xml:146(primary)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:354(primary) ../C/themes.xml:382(primary)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:508(primary)
+msgid "themes"
+msgstr "temas"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:104(para)
+msgid ""
+"A theme is a group of coordinated settings that specifies how a desktop "
+"component or a group of desktop components appears. You can use themes to "
+"modify and control the appearance of the desktop in a consistent manner. "
+"When you apply a theme, the system modifies many desktop components "
+"simultaneously to achieve the desired effect. For example, if you apply a "
+"theme that increases the font size across the desktop, the theme also "
+"modifies the size of panels and icons on the desktop for optimum "
+"compatibility with the font size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:112(para)
+msgid ""
+"A theme contains settings that affect different parts of the desktop as "
+"follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:118(para)
+msgid ""
+"The controls setting for a theme determines the visual appearance of all "
+"windows, applications, panels, and panel applications. The controls setting "
+"also determines the visual appearance of the GNOME-compliant interface items "
+"that appear on windows, applications, panels, and panel applications, such "
+"as menus, icons, and buttons. Some of the controls options that are "
+"available in the desktop are designed for special accessibility needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:128(term)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Window frame"
+msgstr "Ventanas"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:130(para)
+msgid ""
+"The window frame setting determines the appearance of the frames around "
+"windows only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:137(para)
+msgid ""
+"The icon setting determines the appearance of icons on panels and on the "
+"desktop background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:144(title)
+msgid "To Choose a Theme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:147(secondary)
+msgid "desktop"
+msgstr "escritorio"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:149(para)
+msgid "To choose a theme, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:152(para)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Desktop "
+"Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Theme</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The "
+"themes are listed on the left side of the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</"
+"guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <menuchoice><guimenu>Escritorio</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferencias</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Teclado</guimenuitem></menuchoice> para iniciar la "
+"herramienta de preferencias del <application>Teclado</application>."
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:157(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on a theme in the list box to choose a new theme. The system "
+"automatically applies the theme to the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:159(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are several themes available that suit different accessibility needs, "
+"as described in the following table:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:162(title)
+msgid "Themes Designed for Accessibility Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:169(para)
+msgid "Theme Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:180(guilabel) ../C/themes.xml:266(guilabel)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:425(guilabel)
+msgid "HighContrast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:184(para) ../C/themes.xml:270(para)
+msgid "Provides dark text on a light background using high contrast colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:191(guilabel) ../C/themes.xml:277(guilabel)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:436(guilabel)
+msgid "HighContrastInverse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:195(para) ../C/themes.xml:281(para)
+msgid "Provides light text on a dark background using high contrast colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:202(guilabel) ../C/themes.xml:299(guilabel)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:458(guilabel)
+msgid "LargePrint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:206(para)
+msgid ""
+"This theme suggests an increased font size of 18pt. The background and "
+"foreground colors are the same as those specified by the <guilabel>Default</"
+"guilabel> desktop theme. To apply the suggested font, click on the "
+"<guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:217(para)
+msgid ""
+"To view the controls, window frame, and icon settings that are associated "
+"with a theme, select a theme in the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel> "
+"dialog, then click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton> button. The "
+"<guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog contains a tabbed section for each "
+"setting category. Each tabbed section lists the options that are available "
+"and the current setting for the theme is highlighted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:224(title)
+msgid "To Modify the Controls Setting for a Theme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:225(para)
+msgid ""
+"To modify the controls setting that is associated with a theme, perform the "
+"following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:229(para) ../C/themes.xml:361(para)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:389(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel> dialog, select the theme that "
+"you want to modify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:233(para) ../C/themes.xml:365(para)
+#: ../C/themes.xml:393(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton> button. The "
+"<guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:237(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tab to display the controls "
+"options that are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:241(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the controls option that you want to associate with the current theme "
+"from the list box, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>. The following "
+"table lists the controls options that are suitable for accessibility needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:248(title)
+msgid "Controls Options Designed for Accessibility Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:255(para)
+msgid "Control Option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:288(guilabel) ../C/themes.xml:447(guilabel)
+msgid "LowContrast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:292(para) ../C/themes.xml:451(para)
+msgid "Uses low contrast colors for the background and foreground text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:303(para)
+msgid ""
+"Increases the size of controls to accommodate larger fonts. To increase the "
+"font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool. "
+"The background and foreground colors are the same as those specified by the "
+"<guilabel>Default</guilabel> desktop theme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:311(guilabel) ../C/themes.xml:470(guilabel)
+msgid "HighContrastLargePrint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:315(para)
+msgid ""
+"Provides dark text on a light background using high contrast colors. "
+"Increases the size of controls to accommodate larger fonts. To increase the "
+"font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:324(guilabel) ../C/themes.xml:481(guilabel)
+msgid "HighContrastLargePrintInverse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:328(para)
+msgid ""
+"Provides light text on a dark background using high contrast colors. "
+"Increases the size of controls to accommodate larger fonts. To increase the "
+"font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:337(guilabel) ../C/themes.xml:492(guilabel)
+msgid "LowContrastLargePrint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:341(para)
+msgid ""
+"Uses low contrast colors for the background and foreground text. Increases "
+"the size of controls to accommodate larger fonts. To increase the font size, "
+"you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:352(title)
+msgid "To Modify the Window Frame Setting for a Theme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:355(secondary)
+msgid "window frame"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:357(para)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To modify the window frame setting that is associated with a theme, perform "
+"the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para configurar la velocidad y sensibilidad del ratón, realice los "
+"siguientes pasos:"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:369(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tab to display the window "
+"frame options that are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:373(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the window frame option that you want to associate with the current "
+"theme from the list box, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>. The "
+"<guilabel>Atlanta</guilabel> option is an accessible option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:380(title)
+msgid "To Modify the Icon Setting for a Theme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:383(secondary)
+msgid "icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:385(para)
+msgid ""
+"To modify the icon setting that is associated with a theme, perform the "
+"following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:397(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tab to display the icon options that "
+"are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:401(para)
+msgid ""
+"Select the icon option that you want to associate with the theme from the "
+"list box, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>. The following table lists "
+"the icon options that are suitable for accessibility needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:407(title)
+msgid "Icon Options Designed for Accessibility Requirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:414(para)
+msgid "Icon Option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:429(para)
+msgid "Provides dark on light icons using high contrast colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:440(para)
+msgid "Provides light on dark icons using high contrast colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:462(para)
+msgid ""
+"The background and foreground colors are the same as those specified by the "
+"<guilabel>Default</guilabel> desktop theme. To increase the font size, you "
+"must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:474(para)
+msgid ""
+"Provides dark text on a light background using high contrast colors. To "
+"increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> "
+"preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:485(para)
+msgid ""
+"Provides light text on a dark background using high contrast colors. To "
+"increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> "
+"preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:496(para)
+msgid ""
+"Uses low contrast colors for the background and foreground text. To increase "
+"the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference "
+"tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:506(title)
+msgid "To Create Your Own Themes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:509(secondary)
+msgid "creating your own"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:511(para)
+msgid ""
+"For information about how to create your own themes, see the "
+"<citetitle>GNOME 2.8 Desktop System Administration Guide</citetitle>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:517(title)
+msgid "Customizing Specific Components of the Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:518(para)
+msgid ""
+"This section describes how to customize specific components of the desktop "
+"individually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:521(title)
+msgid "To Customize the Desktop Background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:524(secondary)
+msgid "desktop background"
+msgstr "fondo del escritorio"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:526(para)
+msgid ""
+"The themes do not affect the desktop background. Therefore to modify the "
+"desktop background to complement your desktop, you must customize the "
+"desktop background separately using the <application>Desktop Background</"
+"application> preference tool. To start the <application>Desktop Background</"
+"application> preference tool,choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</"
+"guimenu><guisubmenu>Desktop Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Desktop "
+"Background</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:531(title)
+msgid "To Customize Desktop Background Objects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:534(secondary)
+msgid "desktop background objects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:536(para)
+msgid ""
+"The size of the icons that are displayed on the desktop background is "
+"controlled by the <application>File Management</application> preference "
+"tool. To change the size of the icons, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:541(para)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Click <guibutton>Launch</guibutton>, then choose "
+"<menuchoice><guimenu>Preferences</guimenu><guisubmenu>Desktop Preferences</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <menuchoice><guimenu>Escritorio</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferencias</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Teclado</guimenuitem></menuchoice> para iniciar la "
+"herramienta de preferencias del <application>Teclado</application>."
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:544(para)
+msgid "Select the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tabbed section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:547(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Icon View Defaults</guilabel> group, select the zoom level "
+"that you require in the <guilabel>Default zoom level</guilabel> drop-down "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:554(title)
+msgid "To Customize Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:557(secondary)
+msgid "fonts"
+msgstr "tipografías"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:559(para)
+msgid ""
+"This section describes how to customize the font settings for the desktop "
+"and frequently-used applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:561(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you have difficulty with the default font type and font size that is used "
+"on the desktop and desktop background, you can customize the font settings "
+"to suit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:564(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can specify individual font settings for the following desktop "
+"components and applications:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:568(para)
+msgid "Entire desktop excluding the desktop background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:571(para)
+msgid "Desktop background only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:574(para)
+msgid "Terminal"
+msgstr "Terminal"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:577(para)
+msgid "Text editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:580(para)
+msgid "File manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:584(title)
+msgid "To Customize the Desktop Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:587(secondary)
+msgid "desktop fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:589(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <application>Font</application> preference tool allows you to specify "
+"the default fonts for the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:591(para)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To start the <application>Font</application> preference tool, choose "
+"<menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Desktop Preferences</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Font "
+"Preferences</guilabel> dialog contains the following options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Use la herramienta de preferencias <guilabel>Ratón</guilabel> para "
+"configurar el ratón para que se adapte a sus necesidades. Para abrir la "
+"herramienta de preferencia del <guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>, elija "
+"<menuchoice><guimenu>Escritorio</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferencias</"
+"guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Ratón</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Se muestra el "
+"diálogo de <guilabel>Preferencias del ratón</guilabel>."
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:595(guilabel)
+msgid "Application font"
+msgstr "Tipografía de aplicación"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:598(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on this button to select a default font to use for the text that is "
+"displayed on the desktop, including the text displayed on the windows and "
+"dialogs associated with GNOME-compliant applications and panel applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:602(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you use the <application>Theme</application> preference tool to select a "
+"theme and you click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button, the "
+"font that is associated with the theme overrides the font that you select "
+"using the <application>Font</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:611(guilabel)
+msgid "Desktop font"
+msgstr "Tipografía de escritorio"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:614(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on this button to select a font to use for the text that is displayed "
+"on the desktop background only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:619(term)
+msgid "Window title font"
+msgstr "Tipografía del título de la ventana"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:621(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on this button to select a font to use for the text that is displayed "
+"in titlebars of your windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:627(term)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Terminal font"
+msgstr "Terminal"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:629(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on this button to select a font to use in the <application>Terminal</"
+"application> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:634(term)
+msgid "Font rendering"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:636(para)
+msgid ""
+"To specify how to render fonts on the desktop, select one of the following "
+"options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:641(guilabel)
+msgid "Monochrome"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:646(guilabel)
+msgid "Best shapes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:651(guilabel)
+msgid "Best contrast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:656(guilabel)
+msgid "Subpixel smoothing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:664(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you use large fonts, you may need to change the size of panes in "
+"applications that use panes such as, the file manager and the Help browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:667(para)
+msgid ""
+"For more information about the <application>Font</application> preference "
+"tool, see the <citetitle>GNOME 2.10 Desktop User Guide</citetitle>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:672(title)
+msgid "To Customize the Text Editor Font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:675(secondary)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "text editor font"
+msgstr "Editor de texto"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:677(para)
+msgid ""
+"By default, the <application>gedit</application> text editor application "
+"uses the default font settings that are specified in the <application>Font</"
+"application> preference tool to display the text in the <application>gedit</"
+"application> window components such as the menubar, toolbar, and application "
+"dialogs. However, you can customize the font that <application>gedit</"
+"application> uses to display the text editor window contents. To customize "
+"the font settings for the <application>gedit</application> window contents, "
+"perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:685(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <application>gedit</application> application, choose "
+"<menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></"
+"menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:688(para)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, select the <guilabel>Fonts "
+"&amp; Colors</guilabel> category."
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse en la solapa <guilabel>Punteros</guilabel> en el diálogo de "
+"<guilabel>Preferencias del ratón</guilabel>."
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:691(para)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Perform one of the following steps:"
+msgstr "Configure las siguientes opciones:"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:694(para)
+msgid ""
+"To use the default application font that is specified in the "
+"<application>Font</application> preference tool, select the <guilabel>Use "
+"default theme font</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:698(para)
+msgid ""
+"To specify a font, deselect the <guilabel>Use default theme font</guilabel> "
+"option, then click on the <guibutton>Font used by the editor</guibutton> "
+"button to display the font selector dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:706(title)
+msgid "To Customize the File Manager Font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:709(secondary)
+msgid "file manager font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:711(para)
+msgid ""
+"By default, the file manager uses the default font settings that are "
+"specified in the <application>Font</application> preference tool to display "
+"the text in the file manager window. However, you can further customize the "
+"font that is used in the file manager view pane. To customize the font that "
+"is used in the view pane, click on the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu in the "
+"file manager, then select one of the following menu items:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:718(para)
+msgid "To enlarge the text, select <guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:721(para)
+msgid "To reduce the text, select <guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:724(para)
+msgid ""
+"To reset the text to the default font setting, select <guimenuitem>Normal "
+"Size</guimenuitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:731(title)
+msgid "Meeting Specific Accessibility Needs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:732(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following sections summarize the steps you need to take to improve the "
+"accessibility of the desktop in a particular area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:735(title)
+msgid "To Achieve a High or Low Contrast Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:737(primary)
+msgid "high contrast desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:740(primary)
+msgid "low contrast desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:742(para)
+msgid "To achieve a high or low contrast desktop, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:746(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <application>Theme</application> preference tool to select the high "
+"contrast or low contrast desktop theme that you require."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:750(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <application>Desktop Background</application> preference tool to "
+"customize your desktop background as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:754(para)
+msgid ""
+"Set the <guilabel>Desktop Wallpaper</guilabel> to <guilabel>No Wallpaper</"
+"guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:757(para)
+msgid ""
+"Set the <guilabel>Desktop Colors</guilabel> to <guilabel>Solid Color</"
+"guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:760(para)
+msgid "Select a background color that suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:765(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <application>Terminal</application> application, ensure that the "
+"<guilabel>Use colors from system theme</guilabel> option is selected in the "
+"<guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tabbed section of the <guilabel>Editing Profile</"
+"guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:771(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <application>gedit</application> application, ensure that the "
+"<guilabel>Use default theme colors</guilabel> option is selected in the "
+"<guilabel>Fonts &amp; Colors</guilabel> tabbed section of the "
+"<guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:778(title)
+msgid "To Achieve a Large Print Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:780(primary)
+msgid "large print desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:782(para)
+msgid "To achieve a large print desktop, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:786(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <application>Theme</application> preference tool to select the "
+"<guilabel>Large Print</guilabel> theme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:790(para)
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button to increase the size "
+"of the font that is used on the desktop and on window frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:794(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <guilabel>Desktop font</guilabel> option in the <application>Font</"
+"application> preference tool to increase the font that is displayed on "
+"desktop background objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:798(para)
+msgid ""
+"Increase the font size that is used to display the contents of the "
+"<application>Terminal</application> application window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:802(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the <guilabel>Use default theme font</guilabel> option is selected in the "
+"<application>gedit</application><guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, "
+"<application>gedit</application> uses the font size that is specified in the "
+"large print theme that you selected. However, if the <guilabel>Use default "
+"theme font</guilabel> option is not selected, increase the font size that is "
+"used to display the contents of the <application>gedit</application> text "
+"editor window. See <xref linkend=\"themes-13\"/> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:809(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you use applications that use panes, such as the file manager and the "
+"Help browser, you may need to change the size of panes to accommodate the "
+"large print. See the online help for the appropriate application for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
+#: ../C/themes.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+"Traducción: Alejandro Arevena <traductores@es.gnome.org>, 2005\n"
+"QA: Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@es.gnome.org>, 2005"
+
diff --git a/gnome2-system-admin-guide/Makefile.am b/gnome2-system-admin-guide/Makefile.am
index 72b1c13..b57ac6c 100644
--- a/gnome2-system-admin-guide/Makefile.am
+++ b/gnome2-system-admin-guide/Makefile.am
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ DOC_ENTITIES =			\
 	themes.xml		\
 	legal.xml
 
-DOC_LINGUAS = it
+DOC_LINGUAS = es it
 
 install-data-local: install-doc-pdf
 install-doc-pdf:
diff --git a/gnome2-system-admin-guide/es/es.po b/gnome2-system-admin-guide/es/es.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f973074
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnome2-system-admin-guide/es/es.po
@@ -0,0 +1,4995 @@
+# translation of es.po to Spanish
+# Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>, 2006.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: es\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-08-01 14:23+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-01 14:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish <traductores@es.gnome.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:2(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Installing Themes"
+msgstr "Instalar temas"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:4(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para)
+msgid "This chapter describes themes, the theme settings that are available in the GNOME Desktop, how to install options for theme settings, and how to create a custom option."
+msgstr "Este capítulo describe los temas, los ajustes de temas que están disponibles en el Escritorio GNOME, cómo instalar opciones para los ajustes de temas, y cómo crear una opción personalizada."
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:9(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Themes"
+msgstr "Introducción a los Temas"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:11(primary) ../C/themes.xml:176(primary) ../C/themes.xml:212(primary) ../C/themes.xml:248(primary) ../C/themes.xml:285(primary) ../C/themes.xml:341(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:176(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:212(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:248(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:285(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:341(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:43(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:48(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:428(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:433(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:515(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:520(primary) ../C/performance.xml:43(primary) ../C/performance.xml:48(primary) ../C/performance.xml:428(primary) ../C/performance.xml:433(primary) ../C/performance.xml:515(primary) ../C/performance.xml:520(primary)
+msgid "themes"
+msgstr "temas"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:12(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:411(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:416(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:22(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:19(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(secondary) ../C/sessions.xml:12(secondary) ../C/screensavers.xml:12(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:11(secondary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:29(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:22(secondary) ../C/lockdown.xml:11(secondary) ../C/help.xml:14(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:10(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:411(tertiary) ../C/gconf.xml:416(tertiary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:19(secondary)
+msgid "introduction"
+msgstr "introducción"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:14(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(para)
+msgid "A theme is a group of coordinated settings that specifies the visual appearance of a part of the GNOME Desktop. Users can choose themes to change the appearance of the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr "Un tema es un grupo de ajustes coordinados que especifican la apariencia visual de una parte del Escritorio GNOME. Los usuarios pueden elegir temas para cambiar la apariencia del Escritorio GNOME."
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:17(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(para)
+msgid "A theme contains settings that affect different parts of the GNOME Desktop, as follows:"
+msgstr "Un tema contiene ajustes que afectan a diferentes partes del Escritorio GNOME, tales como las siguientes:"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:21(term) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:21(term)
+msgid "Controls"
+msgstr "Controles"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:23(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(para)
+msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>controls options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>GTK+ themes</primary><see>themes, controls options</see></indexterm>The controls setting for a theme determines the visual appearance of windows, panels, and applets. The controls setting also determines the visual appearance of the GNOME-compliant interface items that appear on windows, panels, and applets, such as menus, icons, and buttons. Some of the controls setting options that are available are designed for special accessibility needs. Users can choose an option for the controls setting from the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:34(term) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(term)
+msgid "Window frame"
+msgstr "Marco de ventana"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:36(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:36(para)
+msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>window frame options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>Metacity themes</primary><see>themes, window frame options</see></indexterm>The window frame setting for a theme determines the appearance of the frames around windows only. Users can choose an option for the window frame setting from the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:44(term) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:464(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:636(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(term) ../C/menustructure.xml:464(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:636(literal)
+msgid "Icon"
+msgstr "Icono"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:46(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:46(para)
+msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>icons options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>icon themes</primary><see>themes, icons options</see></indexterm>The icon setting for a theme determines the appearance of the icons on panels and the desktop background. Users can choose an option for the icon setting from the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:55(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:55(title)
+msgid "Theme Index File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:56(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:56(para)
+msgid "Each theme has an index file which defines the characteristics of the theme. The name of the index file is <filename>/usr/share/themes/<replaceable>theme-name</replaceable>/index.theme</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:58(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(para)
+msgid "The following is a sample theme index file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:59(programlisting) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[Desktop Entry]\nType=X-GNOME-Metatheme\nName=High Contrast Large\nName[es]=Alto contraste grande\nComment=Large black-on-white text and icons\nComment[es]=Textos e iconos grandes en negro sobre blanco\nEncoding=UTF-8\n\n[X-GNOME-Metatheme]\nGtkTheme=HighContrastLargePrint\nIconTheme=HighContrast\nMetacityTheme=Atlanta\nApplicationFont=sans 18\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:73(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:73(para)
+msgid "The following table describes the keys in theme index files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:75(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(title)
+msgid "Keys in Theme Index Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:82(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para)
+msgid "Index File Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:85(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:288(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:197(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:418(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:612(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:85(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:462(entry) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:55(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:186(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:240(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(para) ../C/sessions.xml:55(para) ../C/performance.xml:186(para) ../C/performance.xml:240(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:462(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:197(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:418(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:612(para) ../C/gconf.xml:139(para) ../C/gconf.xml:206(para) ../C/gconf.xml:288(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:29(para)
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Descripción"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:93(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:505(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:644(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:93(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:505(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:644(literal)
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Tipo"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:97(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:97(para)
+msgid "Specifies that this theme determines the appearance of several theme options, such as controls, window frames, and icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:105(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:478(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:619(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:478(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:619(literal)
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Nombre"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:109(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:109(para)
+msgid "The name of the theme. This is the name of the theme that is displayed in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:117(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:439(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:627(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:117(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:439(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:627(literal)
+msgid "Comment"
+msgstr "Comentario"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:121(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:121(para)
+msgid "A brief description of the theme. This is the text that is displayed under the name of the theme in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:128(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:128(literal)
+msgid "GtkTheme"
+msgstr "GtkTheme"
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:132(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:132(para)
+msgid "Corresponds to the controls setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Specifies which controls setting option to apply to windows, panels, and applets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:139(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(literal)
+msgid "IconTheme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:143(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:143(para)
+msgid "Corresponds to the icons setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Specifies which icons setting option to apply to panels and the desktop background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:150(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:150(literal)
+msgid "MetacityTheme"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:154(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:154(para)
+msgid "Corresponds to the window frame setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Specifies which window frame setting option to apply to windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:161(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:161(literal)
+msgid "ApplicationFont"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:165(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:165(para)
+msgid "Corresponds to the application font setting in the <application>Font</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:174(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:174(title)
+msgid "To Install a New Controls Option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:177(secondary) ../C/themes.xml:342(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:177(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:342(secondary)
+msgid "controls options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:178(tertiary) ../C/themes.xml:214(tertiary) ../C/themes.xml:250(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:178(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:250(tertiary)
+msgid "installing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:180(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:180(para)
+msgid "You can add a new option for the controls setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Controls options reside in the <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> directory. The typical structure of a controls option in the file system is as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:187(term) ../C/themes.xml:222(term) ../C/themes.xml:259(term) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:187(term) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:222(term) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:259(term)
+msgid "Option file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:190(replaceable) ../C/themes.xml:198(replaceable) ../C/themes.xml:225(replaceable) ../C/themes.xml:233(replaceable) ../C/themes.xml:262(replaceable) ../C/themes.xml:270(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:190(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:198(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:225(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:233(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:270(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:98(replaceable) ../C/performance.xml:86(replaceable) ../C/performance.xml:98(replaceable)
+msgid "option-name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:190(filename) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:190(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/gtk-2.0/gtkrc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:195(term) ../C/themes.xml:230(term) ../C/themes.xml:267(term) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:195(term) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:230(term) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:267(term)
+msgid "Image files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:198(filename) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:198(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/pixmaps/*.*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:203(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:203(para)
+msgid "Typically, a new option for the controls setting is supplied as a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file. To install the new controls option, unzip the <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file, then untar the <filename>.tar</filename> file into the <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:206(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(para)
+msgid "Users can install their own options for the controls setting. If a user installs an option for the controls setting, the option is stored in the <filename>$HOME/.themes</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:210(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:210(title)
+msgid "To Install a New Window Frame Option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:213(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:213(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:429(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:516(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:44(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:429(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:516(secondary)
+msgid "window frame options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:216(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:216(para)
+msgid "You can add a new option for the window frame setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Window frame options reside in the <filename>/usr/share/themes/<replaceable>option-name</replaceable>/metacity-1</filename> directory. The typical structure of a window frame option in the file system is as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:225(filename) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:225(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/metacity-1/metacity-theme-1.xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:233(filename) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:233(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/themes/<placeholder-1/>/metacity-1/*.*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:238(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:238(para)
+msgid "Typically, a new option for the window frame setting is supplied as a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file. To install the new window frame option, unzip the <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file, then untar the <filename>.tar</filename> file into the <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:241(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:241(para)
+msgid "Users can install their own options for the window frame setting. If a user installs an option for the window frame setting, the option is stored in the <filename>$HOME/.themes</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:246(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:246(title)
+msgid "To Install a New Icons Option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:249(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:249(secondary)
+msgid "icons options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:252(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:252(para)
+msgid "You can add a new option for the icons setting in the <application>Theme</application> preference tool. Icons options reside in the <filename>/usr/share/icons/<replaceable>option-name</replaceable></filename> directory. The typical structure of an icons option in the file system is as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:262(filename) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/icons/<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:270(filename) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:270(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/icons/<placeholder-1/>/icons/*.*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:275(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:275(para)
+msgid "Typically, a new option for the icons setting is supplied as a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file. To install the new icons option, unzip the <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file, then untar the <filename>.tar</filename> file into the <filename>/usr/share/icons</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:279(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:279(para)
+msgid "Users can install their own options for the icons setting. If a user installs an option for the icons setting, the option is stored in the <filename>$HOME/.icons/<replaceable>option-name</replaceable></filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:283(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:283(title)
+msgid "Installing Icons for Themes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:286(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:286(secondary)
+msgid "installing icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:288(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:288(para)
+msgid "The GNOME Desktop provides several themes that are designed for users with special visual needs. For example, some of the themes are designed for users with low vision. Several versions of icons might be required so that the icon can be displayed properly in each theme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:292(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:292(para)
+msgid "You might need to install a new icon for an application. When you install a new icon, you must create several versions of the icon, so that the icon displays correctly in the themes. You must create several versions of the following types of icon:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:298(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:298(para)
+msgid "Icons that are used within applications in the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:301(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:301(para)
+msgid "Icons that are used internally by GTK+ applications, or GTK+ stock icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:305(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:305(para)
+msgid "When you install a new icon, you must create several versions of the icon, so that the icon displays correctly in the themes. You can create the icons in several formats, for example Portable Network Graphic (PNG) format. The suggested size of icons for the desktop environment is 48 pixels by 48 pixels. At this size, most themes can rescale the icons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:310(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:310(para)
+msgid "When you install a new icon, create the following 48 pixel by 48 pixel versions of the icon:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:314(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:314(para)
+msgid "Regular icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:317(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:317(para)
+msgid "Low contrast icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:320(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:320(para)
+msgid "High contrast icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:323(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:323(para)
+msgid "Inverse high contrast icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:326(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:326(para)
+msgid "If possible, create 16 pixel by 16 pixel versions of the each of the icons above also, for themes that do not require large print."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:328(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:328(para)
+msgid "Install the icons to the image files location that is specified for the theme in <xref linkend=\"themes-3\"/> or <xref linkend=\"themes-5\"/>. For example, to add icons to the HighContrastLargePrint theme, add the icons to the <filename>/usr/share/themes/HighContrastLargePrint/pixmaps</filename> directory. Add references to the icons to the relevant theme files. For example, to add icons to the HighContrastLargePrint theme, add references to the icons to the <filename>/usr/share/themes/HighContrastLargePrint/gtk-2.0/gtkrc</filename> file. Modify the <filename>gtkrc</filename> file for the theme to associate the icon with a GTK stock icon identifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:335(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:335(para)
+msgid "For more information on how to create icons for application launchers and for panels, see <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec\">http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/icon-theme-spec</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:339(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:339(title)
+msgid "To Create a Custom Controls Option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:343(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:343(tertiary)
+msgid "creating custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:345(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:345(para)
+msgid "If the options for the controls setting are not suitable for the needs of your users, you can create a custom controls option. To create a custom controls option, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:351(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:351(para)
+msgid "Create a directory structure for the option in the <filename>/usr/share/themes</filename> directory. Use the same directory structure that other options use. For example, to create an option that is called SmallPrint, create the following directories:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:357(filename) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:357(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/themes/SmallPrint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:362(filename) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:362(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/themes/SmallPrint/gtk-2.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:368(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:368(para)
+msgid "Locate the <filename>gtkrc</filename> file that is closest to meeting the needs of your users. Copy the file to the <filename>gtk-2.0</filename> directory of your new option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:372(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:372(para)
+msgid "Open the <filename>gtkrc</filename> file in a text editor, and modify the attributes of the interface elements as required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:376(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:376(para)
+msgid "If the new option includes images, install the images for the new option in the <filename>pixmaps</filename> directory of your new option. If the new option uses images from another option, you do not need to create copies of the images for the new option. Instead, ensure that the reference to the images in the <literal>pixmap_path</literal> entry in the <filename>gtkrc</filename> file is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:383(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:383(para)
+msgid "Users can now choose the new option for the controls setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/themes.xml:384(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:384(para)
+msgid "For more information on <filename>gtkrc</filename> files, see <ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/index.html\">http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/gtk/index.html</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(title)
+msgid "GNOME 2.14 Desktop System Administration Guide"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(para)
+msgid "The GNOME System Administration Guide provides information to administrators on how to configure and manage different aspects of the desktop environment for users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:30(year)
+msgid "2006"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:31(holder) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(holder)
+msgid "Brent Smith"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(year)
+msgid "2005"
+msgstr "2005"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(year)
+msgid "2004"
+msgstr "2004"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:39(holder) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:43(holder) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:68(orgname) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:102(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:110(para)
+msgid "Sun Microsystems"
+msgstr "Sun Microsystems"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:42(year)
+msgid "2003"
+msgstr "2003"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:53(publishername) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:61(orgname) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:79(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:87(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:95(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:103(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:111(para)
+msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
+msgstr "Proyecto de documentación de GNOME"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(para) ../C/legal.xml:2(para)
+msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."
+msgstr "Se concede autorización para copiar, distribuir o modificar este documento según los términos de la GFDL (GNU Free Documentation License), Versión 1.1, o cualquier otra versión posterior publicada por Free Software Foundation sin secciones invariables, textos de portada ni textos de contraportada. Podrá encontrar una copia de la GFDL en este <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">enlace</ulink> o en el archivo COPYING-DOCS distribuido con este manual."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(para) ../C/legal.xml:12(para)
+msgid "This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license."
+msgstr "Este manual es parte de la colección de manuales GNOME distribuidos bajo el GFDL. Si quiere distribuir este manual separadamente de la colección, puede hacerlo añadiendo una copia de la licencia al manual, como está descrito en la sección 6 de la licencia."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:19(para) ../C/legal.xml:19(para)
+msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."
+msgstr "Muchos de los nombres usados por empresas para distinguir sus productos y servicios se mencionan como marcas comerciales. Donde aparezcan dichos nombres en cualquier documentación GNOME,y para que los miembros del proyecto de documentación reconozcan dichas marcas comerciales, dichos nombres se imprimen en mayúsculas o iniciales mayúsculas."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(para) ../C/legal.xml:35(para)
+msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"
+msgstr "EL DOCUMENTO SE PROPORCIONA \"TAL CUAL\", SIN GARANTÍAS DE NINGÚN TIPO, NI EXPRESAS NI IMPLÍCITAS, INCLUYENDO, SIN LIMITACIÓN, CUALQUIER GARANTÍA DE QUE EL DOCUMENTO O UNA VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DEL MISMO CAREZCAN DE DEFECTOS, SEA COMERCIALIZABLE, ADECUADO PARA UNA FINALIDAD DETERMINADA O QUE NO CONSTITUYA NINGUNA INFRACCIÓN. TODO EL RIESGO EN CUANTO A LA CALIDAD, PRECISIÓN Y UTILIDAD DEL DOCUMENTO O DE CUALQUIER VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DEL MISMO LE CORRESPONDE A USTED. EN CASO DE QUE CUALQUIER DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA RESULTARA DEFECTUOSO EN CUALQUIER SENTIDO, SERÁ USTED (Y NO EL REDACTOR INICIAL, NI EL AUTOR NI CUALQUIER PERSONA QUE HAYA CONTRIBUIDO) QUIEN ASUMIRÁ EL COSTE DE CUALQUIER SERVICIO TÉCNICO, REPARACIÓN O CORRECCIÓN NECESARIOS. ESTA LIMITACIÓN DE LAS GARANTÍAS CONSTITUYE UNA PARTE ESENCIAL DE ESTA LICENCIA. NO SE AUTORIZA NINGÚN USO DE CUALQUIER DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DEL MISMO SI NO ES CON SUJECIÓN A ESTA LIMITACIÓN DE LAS GARANTÍAS; Y"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:55(para) ../C/legal.xml:55(para)
+msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
+msgstr ""
+"EN NINGUNA CIRCUNSTANCIA NI SEGÚN NINGÚN ARGUMENTO LEGAL, SEA POR MOTIVOS "
+"CULPOSOS (INCLUIDA LA NEGLIGENCIA), CONTRACTUALES O DE OTRO TIPO, NI EL "
+"AUTOR, NI EL REDACTOR INICIAL, NI CUALQUIER COLABORADOR, NI CUALQUIER "
+"DISTRIBUIDOR DEL DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DEL MISMO, NI CUALQUIER "
+"PROVEEDOR DE CUALQUIERA DE DICHAS PARTES, SERÁN RESPONSABLES, ANTE NINGÚN "
+"TERCERO, DE NINGÚN DAÑO O PERJUICIO DIRECTO, INDIRECTO, ESPECIAL, INCIDENTAL "
+"O CONSIGUIENTE DE NINGÚN TIPO, INCLUIDOS, SIN LIMITACIÓN, LOS DAÑOS POR "
+"PÉRDIDA DE FONDO DE COMERCIO, INTERRUPCIÓN DEL TRABAJO, FALLO O MAL "
+"FUNCIONAMIENTO INFORMÁTICO, NI CUALQUIER OTRO DAÑO O PÉRDIDA DERIVADOS DEL "
+"USO DEL DOCUMENTO Y LAS VERSIONES MODIFICADAS DEL MISMO, O RELACIONADO CON "
+"ELLO, INCLUSO SI SE HABÍA COMUNICADO A AQUELLA PARTE LA POSIBILIDAD DE TALES "
+"DAÑOS."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:28(para) ../C/legal.xml:28(para)
+msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr "EL DOCUMENTO Y VERSIONES MODIFICADAS SE PROPORCIONAN BAJO LOS TÉRMINOS DE LA LICENCIA LIBRE DE DOCUMENTACIÓN DE GNU Y TENIENDO EN CUENTA QUE: <placeholder-1/>"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(firstname)
+msgid "Brent"
+msgstr "Brent"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(surname)
+msgid "Smith"
+msgstr "Smith"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(firstname)
+msgid "Sun"
+msgstr "Sun"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(surname)
+msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
+msgstr "Equipo de documentación GNOME"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.14 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:76(date) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:84(date)
+msgid "March 2004"
+msgstr "Marzo 2004"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:83(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.6 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.4 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:92(date)
+msgid "September 2003"
+msgstr "Septiembre 2003"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.2 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:100(date)
+msgid "January 2003"
+msgstr "Enero de 2003"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:107(revnumber)
+msgid "GNOME 2.0 Desktop System Administration Guide V2.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:108(date)
+msgid "December 2002"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:115(releaseinfo)
+msgid "This manual describes version 2.14 of the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:118(title)
+msgid "Feedback"
+msgstr "Comentarios"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:119(para)
+msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME Desktop or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:gnome-feedback\" type=\"help\">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title) ../C/gconf.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Using GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para) ../C/gconf.xml:4(para)
+msgid "The information in this chapter describes how to use <application>GConf</application> to manage user preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:7(title) ../C/gconf.xml:7(title)
+msgid "Introduction to GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:51(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:100(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:251(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:255(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:259(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:409(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:443(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:494(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:785(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:830(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:861(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:885(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:910(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:936(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:958(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:962(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:998(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1186(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1248(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1274(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1301(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:9(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:51(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:100(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:251(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:255(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:259(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:409(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:443(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:494(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:785(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:830(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:861(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:885(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:910(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:936(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:958(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:962(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:998(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:1186(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:1248(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:1274(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:1301(primary)
+msgid "GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(para) ../C/gconf.xml:12(para)
+msgid "<application>GConf</application> simplifies the administration of preferences for GNOME Desktop users. <application>GConf</application> enables system administrators to do the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(para) ../C/gconf.xml:17(para)
+msgid "Set mandatory values for particular preferences for all users. In this way, system administrators can control whether users can update particular preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:22(para) ../C/gconf.xml:22(para)
+msgid "Set default values for particular preferences for all users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:25(para) ../C/gconf.xml:25(para)
+msgid "Use suggested values for preferences that are specified in definition files for the preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(para) ../C/gconf.xml:29(para)
+msgid "Read documentation on each preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(para) ../C/gconf.xml:32(para)
+msgid "<application>GConf</application> also notifies applications when a preference value changes, locally or across a network. In this way, when you change a preference, all applications that use the preference are immediately updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(para) ../C/gconf.xml:35(para)
+msgid "<application>GConf</application> has the following components:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(para) ../C/gconf.xml:38(para)
+msgid "A repository of user preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(para) ../C/gconf.xml:41(para)
+msgid "A daemon, <command>gconfd-2</command>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para) ../C/gconf.xml:44(para)
+msgid "A command line tool, <command>gconftool-2</command>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:49(title) ../C/gconf.xml:49(title)
+msgid "GConf Repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:52(secondary)
+msgid "repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:54(para) ../C/gconf.xml:54(para)
+msgid "Each preference in the <application>GConf</application> repository is expressed as a key-value pair. A <firstterm>GConf preference key</firstterm> is an element in the repository that corresponds to an application preference. For example, the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen</systemitem> preference key corresponds to the <guilabel>Show splash screen on login</guilabel> option in the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool. The GNOME Desktop user interface does not contain all of the preference keys in the <application>GConf</application> repository. For example, the <application>Panel</application> preference tool does not contain an option that corresponds to the <systemitem>/apps/panel/global/tooltips_enabled</systemitem> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:62(para) ../C/gconf.xml:62(para)
+msgid "The repository is structured like a simple hierarchical file system. The repository contains the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(para) ../C/gconf.xml:66(para)
+msgid "Directories that correspond to applications that use the <application>GConf</application> repository. For example, the file system contains the directory <systemitem>/apps/metacity</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:70(para) ../C/gconf.xml:70(para)
+msgid "Subdirectories that correspond to categories of preferences. For example, the file system contains the directory <systemitem>/apps/metacity/general</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:74(para) ../C/gconf.xml:74(para)
+msgid "Special files that list the preference keys in the directory, and contain information about the keys. For example, a file that contains information about the keys that relate to the HTTP proxy preferences is in the directory <systemitem>/system/http_proxy</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:80(para) ../C/gconf.xml:80(para)
+msgid "A <systemitem>/schemas</systemitem> directory that contains files that describe all of the preference keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:84(para) ../C/gconf.xml:84(para)
+msgid "Preference keys typically have simple values such as strings, integers, or lists of strings and integers. The format of the preference key in the repository depends on the backend module that is used to read the repository. The following is an example of the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</systemitem> preference key when an Extensible Markup Language (XML) backend module is used to read the repository:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:92(para) ../C/gconf.xml:92(para)
+msgid "When this guide refers to a preference key, the path to the key is added to the name of the key. For example, the <systemitem>font_name</systemitem> preference key in the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface</systemitem> subdirectory is referred to as <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:98(title) ../C/gconf.xml:98(title)
+msgid "GConf Configuration Sources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:101(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:101(secondary)
+msgid "configuration sources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:103(para) ../C/gconf.xml:103(para)
+msgid "The <application>GConf</application> repository contains a series of storage locations that are called <firstterm>configuration sources</firstterm>. The configuration sources are listed in the <firstterm>GConf path file</firstterm>. The location of the <application>GConf</application> path file is <systemitem>/etc/gconf/<replaceable>gconf-version-number</replaceable>/path</systemitem>. Each user has a path file. The path file specifies the following information for each configuration source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:110(para) ../C/gconf.xml:110(para)
+msgid "The backend module to use to read the repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:113(para) ../C/gconf.xml:113(para)
+msgid "The permissions on the repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:116(para) ../C/gconf.xml:116(para)
+msgid "The location of the repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:119(para) ../C/gconf.xml:119(para)
+msgid "The <application>GConf</application> path file also contains <systemitem>include</systemitem> instructions. By default, the contents of the <application>GConf</application> path file are as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:120(programlisting) ../C/gconf.xml:120(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "xml:readonly:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory\ninclude /etc/gconf/2/local-mandatory.path\ninclude \"$(HOME)/.gconf.path\"\ninclude /etc/gconf/2/local-defaults.path\nxml:readwrite:$(HOME)/.gconf\nxml:readonly:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:126(para) ../C/gconf.xml:126(para)
+msgid "When <application>GConf</application> searches for a preference value, <application>GConf</application> reads the configuration sources in the order specified in the path file. The following table describes the configuration sources in the path file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:136(para) ../C/gconf.xml:136(para)
+msgid "Configuration Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:146(para) ../C/gconf.xml:146(para)
+msgid "Mandatory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:149(para) ../C/gconf.xml:149(para)
+msgid "The permissions on this configuration source are set to read only. Users cannot overwrite the values in this source, so the preferences in the source are mandatory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:156(para) ../C/gconf.xml:156(para)
+msgid "User"
+msgstr "Usuario"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:159(para) ../C/gconf.xml:159(para)
+msgid "This configuration source is stored in the <filename>.gconf</filename> directory in the home directory of the user. When the user sets a preference, the new preference information is added to this location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:162(para) ../C/gconf.xml:162(para)
+msgid "You can use the <application>Configuration Editor</application> to modify the user configuration source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:169(para) ../C/gconf.xml:169(para)
+msgid "Default"
+msgstr "Predeterminado"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:172(para) ../C/gconf.xml:172(para)
+msgid "This configuration source contains the default preference settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:178(para) ../C/gconf.xml:178(para)
+msgid "The sequence of the configuration sources in the path file ensures that mandatory preference settings override user preference settings. The sequence also ensures that user preference settings override default preference settings. That is, <application>GConf</application> applies preferences in the following order of priority:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:185(para) ../C/gconf.xml:185(para)
+msgid "Mandatory preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:188(para) ../C/gconf.xml:188(para)
+msgid "User-specified preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:191(para) ../C/gconf.xml:191(para)
+msgid "Default preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:194(para) ../C/gconf.xml:194(para)
+msgid "The <systemitem>include</systemitem> instructions in the <application>GConf</application> path file enable system administrators to specify other configuration sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:203(para) ../C/gconf.xml:203(para)
+msgid "Included Configuration Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(filename) ../C/gconf.xml:214(filename)
+msgid "/etc/gconf/2/local-mandatory.path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:218(para) ../C/gconf.xml:218(para)
+msgid "Use this configuration source to store mandatory preference values for a particular system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:225(filename) ../C/gconf.xml:225(filename)
+msgid "$(HOME)/.gconf.path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:229(para) ../C/gconf.xml:229(para)
+msgid "The user specifies the location of the configuration source in the home directory, in a file that is called <filename>.gconf.path</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:236(filename) ../C/gconf.xml:236(filename)
+msgid "/etc/gconf/2/local-defaults.path"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:240(para) ../C/gconf.xml:240(para)
+msgid "Use this configuration source to store default preference values for a particular system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:249(title) ../C/gconf.xml:249(title)
+msgid "GConf Schemas"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:252(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:263(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:267(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:271(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:414(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1003(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:252(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:263(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:267(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:271(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:414(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:1003(primary)
+msgid "schemas"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:256(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:268(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:256(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:268(secondary)
+msgid "schema keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:260(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:272(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:260(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:272(secondary)
+msgid "schema objects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:264(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:602(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:704(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:264(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:602(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:704(replaceable)
+msgid "description"
+msgstr "descripción"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:274(para) ../C/gconf.xml:274(para)
+msgid "A <firstterm>GConf schema</firstterm> is a collective term for a <firstterm>GConf schema key</firstterm> and a <firstterm>GConf schema object</firstterm>. The following table describes schema keys and schema objects and the relationship of these items to preference keys:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:285(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:345(para) ../C/gconf.xml:285(para) ../C/gconf.xml:345(para)
+msgid "Item"
+msgstr "Elemento"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:295(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:355(para) ../C/gconf.xml:295(para) ../C/gconf.xml:355(para)
+msgid "Preference key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:298(para) ../C/gconf.xml:298(para)
+msgid "An element in the <application>GConf</application> repository that corresponds to an application preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:303(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:365(para) ../C/gconf.xml:303(para) ../C/gconf.xml:365(para)
+msgid "Schema key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:306(para) ../C/gconf.xml:306(para)
+msgid "A key that stores a schema object for a preference key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:311(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:375(para) ../C/gconf.xml:311(para) ../C/gconf.xml:375(para)
+msgid "Schema object"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:314(para) ../C/gconf.xml:314(para)
+msgid "An element in a configuration source that contains information for a preference key, such as the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:318(para) ../C/gconf.xml:318(para)
+msgid "The name of the application that uses the preference key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:321(para) ../C/gconf.xml:321(para)
+msgid "The type of value required for the preference key, for example integer, boolean, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:325(para) ../C/gconf.xml:325(para)
+msgid "A default value for the preference key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:328(para) ../C/gconf.xml:328(para)
+msgid "Brief documentation on the preference key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:336(para) ../C/gconf.xml:336(para)
+msgid "The following table gives examples of a preference key, a schema key, and a schema object:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:348(para) ../C/gconf.xml:348(para)
+msgid "Example"
+msgstr "Ejemplo"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:359(systemitem) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1214(para) ../C/gconf.xml:359(systemitem) ../C/gconf.xml:1214(para)
+msgid "/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:369(systemitem) ../C/gconf.xml:369(systemitem)
+msgid "/schemas/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:394(para) ../C/gconf.xml:394(para)
+msgid "You can associate a schema key with a preference key. For example, the following <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</systemitem> key includes a schema key:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:399(para) ../C/gconf.xml:399(para)
+msgid "When you associate a schema key with a preference key, the preference uses the suggested value that is specified in the schema object of the schema key. The suggested value is contained in the <sgmltag>&lt;default&gt;</sgmltag> element in the schema object. By default, all the preference keys in the default configuration source are associated with schema keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:404(para) ../C/gconf.xml:404(para)
+msgid "Typically, schemas are stored in the default configuration source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:407(title) ../C/gconf.xml:407(title)
+msgid "GConf Schema Definition Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:410(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:415(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:999(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1004(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:410(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:415(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:999(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:1004(secondary)
+msgid "schema definition files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:418(para) ../C/gconf.xml:418(para)
+msgid "Schemas are generated from <firstterm>schema definition files</firstterm>. A schema definition file defines the characteristics of all of the keys in a particular application. Schema definition files have a <filename>.schemas</filename> extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:422(para) ../C/gconf.xml:422(para)
+msgid "The schema definition files are included in the <filename>/etc/gconf/schemas</filename> directory. You can use the schema definition files to create a new configuration source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:424(para) ../C/gconf.xml:424(para)
+msgid "Some schema definition files correspond closely to a part of the GNOME Desktop user interface. For example, <filename>system_http_proxy.schemas</filename> corresponds to the <application>Network Proxy</application> preference tool. Other schema definition files contain preference keys that are not present in the GNOME Desktop user interface. For example, the <systemitem>/apps/panel/global/tooltips_enabled</systemitem> key is not present in the user interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:430(para) ../C/gconf.xml:430(para)
+msgid "Some parts of the GNOME Desktop user interface contain preferences that represent preference keys from more than one schema definition file. For example, the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool contains preferences that represent keys from the <filename>panel-global-config.schemas</filename> and <filename>metacity.schemas</filename> files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:437(title) ../C/gconf.xml:437(title)
+msgid "GConf Daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:439(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:439(primary)
+msgid "gconfd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:440(see) ../C/gconf.xml:440(see)
+msgid "GConf daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:444(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:444(secondary)
+msgid "daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:446(para) ../C/gconf.xml:446(para)
+msgid "The <application>GConf</application> daemon is called <command>gconfd-2</command>. The <application>GConf</application> daemon notifies applications when a preference value changes. For example, you might select to show only icons in toolbars in the <application>Menus &amp; Toolbars</application> preference tool. When you select this option in the preference tool, the toolbars on all open applications are updated instantly. The <application>GConf</application> daemon can operate locally, or across a network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:451(para) ../C/gconf.xml:451(para)
+msgid "An instance of the <application>GConf</application> daemon is started for each user. The <application>GConf</application> daemon does not have to deal with complex problems such as authentication and data security. When the <application>GConf</application> daemon starts, the daemon loads the <application>GConf</application> path file. The <application>GConf</application> daemon manages all access between applications and the configuration sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:456(para) ../C/gconf.xml:456(para)
+msgid "When an application requests the value of a preference key, the daemon searches the configuration sources as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:460(para) ../C/gconf.xml:460(para)
+msgid "Search for the value of the preference key in each configuration source, in the order specified in the path file. If the value is found, return the value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:465(para) ../C/gconf.xml:465(para)
+msgid "If a value is not found, search for the schema key that corresponds to the preference key in each configuration source, in the order specified in the path file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:470(para) ../C/gconf.xml:470(para)
+msgid "If the schema key is found, check the value of the schema key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:474(para) ../C/gconf.xml:474(para)
+msgid "If the value of the schema key is a schema object, return the suggested value in the <sgmltag>&lt;default&gt;</sgmltag> element of the schema object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:479(para) ../C/gconf.xml:479(para)
+msgid "The <application>GConf</application> daemon also caches preference key values. All applications use this cache, so applications only need to access the configuration sources once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:482(para) ../C/gconf.xml:482(para)
+msgid "To terminate the <application>GConf</application> daemon, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:484(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:484(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --shutdown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:487(title) ../C/gconf.xml:487(title)
+msgid "GConf Command Line Tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:490(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:490(primary)
+msgid "gconftool-2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:491(see) ../C/gconf.xml:491(see)
+msgid "GConf command line tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:495(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:495(secondary)
+msgid "command line tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:497(para) ../C/gconf.xml:497(para)
+msgid "<application>GConf</application> includes a command line tool, <command>gconftool-2</command>. You can use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command to perform the following tasks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:501(para) ../C/gconf.xml:501(para)
+msgid "Set the values of keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:504(para) ../C/gconf.xml:504(para)
+msgid "Display the values of keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:507(para) ../C/gconf.xml:507(para)
+msgid "Install schemas from schema definition files when you install an application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:511(para) ../C/gconf.xml:511(para)
+msgid "For example, use the following command to display the values of all keys in the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome</systemitem> directory and subdirectories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:513(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:513(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --recursive-list /desktop/gnome"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:514(para) ../C/gconf.xml:514(para)
+msgid "Below are listed some of the options that you can use with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command. For detailed command line options, please see <ulink url=\"man:gconftool-2(1)\">man:gconftool-2(1)</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:518(title) ../C/gconf.xml:518(title)
+msgid "gconftool-2 Command Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:521(option) ../C/gconf.xml:521(option)
+msgid "--all-dirs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:524(para) ../C/gconf.xml:524(para)
+msgid "Lists all subdirectories in a directory that you specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:530(option) ../C/gconf.xml:530(option)
+msgid "--all-entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:533(para) ../C/gconf.xml:533(para)
+msgid "Displays the values of all keys in a directory that you specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:800(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:539(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:800(replaceable)
+msgid "configuration-source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(option) ../C/gconf.xml:539(option)
+msgid "--config-source=<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:542(para) ../C/gconf.xml:542(para)
+msgid "Use this option with the <option>--direct</option> option to specify a configuration source to use. If you do not specify a configuration source with this option, the command runs on all configuration sources in the path file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:550(option) ../C/gconf.xml:550(option)
+msgid "--direct"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:553(para) ../C/gconf.xml:553(para)
+msgid "Use this option with the <option>--config-source</option> option to access a configuration source directly. When you use this option, <application>GConf</application> bypasses the server. Ensure that the <application>GConf</application> daemon, <command>gconfd-2</command>, is not running before you use this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:560(option) ../C/gconf.xml:560(option)
+msgid "--dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:563(para) ../C/gconf.xml:563(para)
+msgid "Generates a list that contains all preference keys in a <application>GConf</application> repository directory that you specify. The list contains XML descriptions of all the keys. The list is contained in a <sgmltag>&lt;gconfentryfile&gt;</sgmltag> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:567(para) ../C/gconf.xml:567(para)
+msgid "For example, you can redirect the output from this option to generate a file that lists all keys that are related to your panel configuration. You can use the <option>--load</option> option with this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:574(option) ../C/gconf.xml:574(option)
+msgid "--get"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:577(para) ../C/gconf.xml:577(para)
+msgid "Displays the value of a preference key that you specify. Also displays the values of the elements in the schema object for a schema key that you specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:584(option) ../C/gconf.xml:584(option)
+msgid "--help"
+msgstr "--help"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:587(para) ../C/gconf.xml:587(para)
+msgid "Displays a help message about the <command>gconftool-2</command> command, and the options that you can use with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:592(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:592(replaceable)
+msgid "filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:592(option) ../C/gconf.xml:592(option)
+msgid "--load=<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:595(para) ../C/gconf.xml:595(para)
+msgid "Use this option to sets the values of preference keys in the current directory in a configuration source to the values in the file that you specify. The file that you specify must contain XML descriptions of the keys, in a <literal>&lt;gconfentryfile&gt;</literal> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:602(option) ../C/gconf.xml:602(option)
+msgid "--long-desc=<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:605(para) ../C/gconf.xml:605(para)
+msgid "Use this option with the <option>--set-schema</option> option to specify a long description for a schema key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:611(option) ../C/gconf.xml:611(option)
+msgid "--makefile-install-rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:614(para) ../C/gconf.xml:614(para)
+msgid "Installs schema definition files to applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:619(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:619(replaceable)
+msgid "owner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:619(option) ../C/gconf.xml:619(option)
+msgid "--owner=<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:622(para) ../C/gconf.xml:622(para)
+msgid "Use this option with the <option>--set-schema</option> option to specify an owner for a schema key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:628(option) ../C/gconf.xml:628(option)
+msgid "--recursive-list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:631(para) ../C/gconf.xml:631(para)
+msgid "Displays the values of all preference keys in all subdirectories in a directory that you specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:637(option) ../C/gconf.xml:637(option)
+msgid "--recursive-unset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:640(para) ../C/gconf.xml:640(para)
+msgid "Resets the values of all preference keys, in all subdirectories in a directory, from the user setting to the setting in the default configuration source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:647(option) ../C/gconf.xml:647(option)
+msgid "--set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:650(para) ../C/gconf.xml:650(para)
+msgid "Sets the value of a preference key, and writes the value to the user configuration source. Use the <option>--type</option> option with the <option>--set</option> option to specify the data type of the value that you want to set. For example, the following command sets the value of the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color</systemitem> key in the user configuration source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:656(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:656(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n  --set \"/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color\" \\\n  --type string \"#000000\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:659(para) ../C/gconf.xml:659(para)
+msgid "You can also use the <option>--direct</option> option and the <option>--config-source</option> option with the <option>--set</option> option to write a value to another configuration source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:666(option) ../C/gconf.xml:666(option)
+msgid "--set-schema"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:669(para) ../C/gconf.xml:669(para)
+msgid "Sets the value of an attribute in a schema key, and writes the value to the default configuration source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:671(para) ../C/gconf.xml:671(para)
+msgid "Use the following options with the <option>--set-schema</option> option to specify the attribute that you want to update:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:676(option) ../C/gconf.xml:676(option)
+msgid "--type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:681(option) ../C/gconf.xml:681(option)
+msgid "--short-desc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:686(option) ../C/gconf.xml:686(option)
+msgid "--long-desc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:691(option) ../C/gconf.xml:691(option)
+msgid "--owner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:695(para) ../C/gconf.xml:695(para)
+msgid "For example, the following command sets the short description in the schema key for the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color</systemitem> key:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:697(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:697(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n  --set-schema  \"/schemas/apps/gnome-terminal/profiles/Default/background_color\" \\\n  --short-desc \"Default  background color of terminal\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:704(option) ../C/gconf.xml:704(option)
+msgid "--short-desc=<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:707(para) ../C/gconf.xml:707(para)
+msgid "Use this option with the <option>--set-schema</option> option to specify a short description for a schema key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:713(option) ../C/gconf.xml:713(option)
+msgid "--shutdown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:716(para) ../C/gconf.xml:716(para)
+msgid "Terminates the <application>GConf</application> daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:721(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:801(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:721(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:801(replaceable)
+msgid "data-type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:721(option) ../C/gconf.xml:721(option)
+msgid "--type=<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:724(para) ../C/gconf.xml:724(para)
+msgid "Use this option to specify the data type when you set a value of a preference key. You can also use this option when you set the value of an attribute in a schema key. The following is a list of valid data types:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:730(type) ../C/gconf.xml:730(type)
+msgid "bool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:735(type) ../C/gconf.xml:735(type)
+msgid "float"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:740(type) ../C/gconf.xml:740(type)
+msgid "int"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:745(type) ../C/gconf.xml:745(type)
+msgid "list"
+msgstr "lista"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:750(type) ../C/gconf.xml:750(type)
+msgid "pair"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:755(type) ../C/gconf.xml:755(type)
+msgid "string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:763(option) ../C/gconf.xml:763(option)
+msgid "--unset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:766(para) ../C/gconf.xml:766(para)
+msgid "Resets the value of a preference key from the user setting to the setting in the default configuration source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:772(option) ../C/gconf.xml:772(option)
+msgid "--usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:775(para) ../C/gconf.xml:775(para)
+msgid "Displays a brief help message about the <command>gconftool-2</command> command, and the options that you can use with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:783(title) ../C/gconf.xml:783(title)
+msgid "To Set Preference Values"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:786(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:786(secondary)
+msgid "preference values, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:789(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1306(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:789(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:1306(primary)
+msgid "preference values"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:790(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:835(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:866(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1191(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:790(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:835(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:866(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:1191(secondary)
+msgid "setting with GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:793(para) ../C/gconf.xml:793(para)
+msgid "You can set a mandatory value or a default value for a preference key. Before you change mandatory preference values or default preference values for users, you must ensure that the <application>GConf</application> daemon is not running for any user. Ensure that all users are logged out before you change preference values for users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:797(para) ../C/gconf.xml:797(para)
+msgid "To set a mandatory value or a default value for a preference key, use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command, as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:802(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:802(replaceable)
+msgid "preference-key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:802(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:491(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:491(literal) ../C/gconf.xml:802(replaceable)
+msgid "value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:799(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:799(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source <placeholder-1/> \\\n  --type <placeholder-2/> \\\n  --set <placeholder-3/> <placeholder-4/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:803(para) ../C/gconf.xml:803(para)
+msgid "For example, to set <literal>wwwproxy.xyz.com</literal> as the mandatory HTTP proxy host, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:805(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:805(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n  --type string \\\n  --set /system/http_proxy/host wwwproxy.xyz.com"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:809(para) ../C/gconf.xml:809(para)
+msgid "The user cannot override this preference value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:810(para) ../C/gconf.xml:810(para)
+msgid "You can also use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command to set default values. For example, to set the default number of workspaces to five, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:813(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:813(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n  --type int \\\n  --set /apps/metacity/general/num_workspaces 5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:817(para) ../C/gconf.xml:817(para)
+msgid "The user can override this preference value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:819(para) ../C/gconf.xml:819(para)
+msgid "Before you change mandatory preference values or default preference values for users, you must ensure that all users are logged out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:824(title) ../C/gconf.xml:824(title)
+msgid "Setting General Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:825(para) ../C/gconf.xml:825(para)
+msgid "The following sections describe how to assign mandatory or default values to general preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:828(title) ../C/gconf.xml:828(title)
+msgid "To Set HTTP Proxy Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:831(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:831(secondary)
+msgid "HTTP proxy, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:834(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:834(primary)
+msgid "HTTP proxy"
+msgstr "Proxy HTTP"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:838(para) ../C/gconf.xml:838(para)
+msgid "To set HTTP proxy preferences, you modify the values of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/system/http_proxy/</systemitem> location. For example, to set a mandatory value for the HTTP proxy host, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:845(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:850(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:845(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:850(replaceable)
+msgid "proxy-name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:842(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:842(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n  --type string \\\n  --set /system/http_proxy/host <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:846(para) ../C/gconf.xml:846(para)
+msgid "To set a default value for the HTTP proxy host, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:847(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:847(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n  --type string \\\n  --set /system/http_proxy/host <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:851(para) ../C/gconf.xml:851(para)
+msgid "You can also set other HTTP proxy-related preferences. For information on the other HTTP proxy preferences, see the <filename>system_http_proxy.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:855(title) ../C/gconf.xml:855(title)
+msgid "To Set Print Manager Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:856(para) ../C/gconf.xml:856(para)
+msgid "To set print manager preferences, you modify the values of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-print-manager</systemitem> location. For example, if you do not want users to view the print jobs of other users, set a mandatory value as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:862(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:862(secondary)
+msgid "print manager, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:865(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:865(primary)
+msgid "print manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:869(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:869(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n  --type bool \\\n  --set /apps/gnome-print-manager/show_all_jobs false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:873(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:925(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1263(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1289(para) ../C/gconf.xml:873(para) ../C/gconf.xml:925(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1263(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1289(para)
+msgid "To set a default value for this preference, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:874(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:874(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n  --type bool \\\n  --set /apps/gnome-print-manager/show_all_jobs false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:878(para) ../C/gconf.xml:878(para)
+msgid "You can also set other print manager preferences. For information on the other print manager preferences, see the <filename>gnome-print-manager.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:883(title) ../C/gconf.xml:883(title)
+msgid "To Set the Number of Workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:886(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:886(secondary)
+msgid "number of workspaces, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:889(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:889(primary)
+msgid "workspaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:890(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:890(secondary)
+msgid "setting number with GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:892(para) ../C/gconf.xml:892(para)
+msgid "To set a mandatory number of workspaces, use the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:897(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:902(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:897(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:902(replaceable)
+msgid "integer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:894(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:894(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n  --type int \\\n  --set /apps/metacity/general/num_workspaces <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:898(para) ../C/gconf.xml:898(para)
+msgid "To set a default number of workspaces, use the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:899(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:899(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n  --type int \\\n  --set /apps/metacity/general/num_workspaces <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:903(para) ../C/gconf.xml:903(para)
+msgid "You can also set other window manager preferences. For information on the other window manager preferences, see the <filename>metacity.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:908(title) ../C/gconf.xml:908(title)
+msgid "To Set Keyboard Accessibility Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:911(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:911(secondary)
+msgid "keyboard accessibility, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:914(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:940(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:914(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:940(primary)
+msgid "keyboard"
+msgstr "teclado"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:915(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:915(secondary)
+msgid "setting accessibility preferences with GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:917(para) ../C/gconf.xml:917(para)
+msgid "To set keyboard accessibility preferences, you modify the values of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/accessibility/keyboard</systemitem> location. For example, if you want to set a mandatory value so that keyboard accessibility features are enabled, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:921(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:921(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n  --type bool \\\n  --set /desktop/gnome/accessibility/keyboard/enable true"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:926(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:926(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n  --type bool \\\n  --set /desktop/gnome/accessibility/keyboard/enable false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:930(para) ../C/gconf.xml:930(para)
+msgid "You can also set other keyboard accessibility preferences. For information on the other keyboard accessibility preferences, see the <filename>desktop_gnome_accessibility_keyboard.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:934(title) ../C/gconf.xml:934(title)
+msgid "To Set Keyboard Shortcut Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:937(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:937(secondary)
+msgid "keyboard shortcuts, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:941(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:941(secondary)
+msgid "setting shortcut preferences with GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:943(para) ../C/gconf.xml:943(para)
+msgid "To set keyboard shortcut preferences, you modify the values of preference keys in <systemitem>/apps/metacity/global_keybindings</systemitem> location. For example, you might want users to use only the <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut to open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog. To set this mandatory value, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:948(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:948(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n  --type string \\\n  --set /apps/metacity/global_keybindings/panel_run_dialog '&lt;Alt&gt;F3'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:952(para) ../C/gconf.xml:952(para)
+msgid "You can also set other keyboard shortcut preferences. For information on the other keyboard shortcut preferences, see the <filename>metacity.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:956(title) ../C/gconf.xml:956(title)
+msgid "Setting Panel and Panel Object Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:959(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:959(secondary)
+msgid "panel object preferences, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:963(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:963(secondary)
+msgid "panel preferences, setting individual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:967(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:147(primary) ../C/performance.xml:147(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:967(primary)
+msgid "panels"
+msgstr "paneles"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:968(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:968(secondary)
+msgid "preferences, individual, setting with GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:970(para) ../C/gconf.xml:970(para)
+msgid "The <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file specifies the following details of the panels in the GNOME Desktop:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:974(para) ../C/gconf.xml:974(para)
+msgid "Number of panels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:977(para) ../C/gconf.xml:977(para)
+msgid "Types of the panels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:980(para) ../C/gconf.xml:980(para)
+msgid "Properties of the panels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:983(para) ../C/gconf.xml:983(para)
+msgid "Contents of the panels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:986(para) ../C/gconf.xml:986(para)
+msgid "The configuration of individual panels and of panel objects is a complex task. To configure individual panels and panel objects, you must first understand the structure of the <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file. For more information on the <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file, see the next section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:991(para) ../C/gconf.xml:991(para)
+msgid "To set preferences for individual panels and panel objects, you must set the values of many preferences in a configuration source. The easiest way to set the values of panel preferences is to use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command with the <option>--dump</option> and <option>--load</option> options. For more information on how to set preferences for panels and objects on panels, see <xref linkend=\"gconf-3\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:996(title) ../C/gconf.xml:996(title)
+msgid "Specifying Individual Panels and Panel Objects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1000(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1005(tertiary) ../C/gconf.xml:1000(tertiary) ../C/gconf.xml:1005(tertiary)
+msgid "panel and panel object"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1007(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1007(para)
+msgid "The file <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> contains sections that specify panels and panel contents. The <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file specifies values for schema keys. The <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file resides in the <filename>/etc/gconf/schemas</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1009(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1009(para)
+msgid "The <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file is structured as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1013(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1013(para)
+msgid "Keys that specify the general structure of panels, applets, and other panel objects in the GNOME Desktop. The following keys specify the number of panels, panel objects, and applets that appear in the GNOME Desktop:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1019(systemitem) ../C/gconf.xml:1019(systemitem)
+msgid "/apps/panel/default_setup/general/toplevel_id_list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1024(systemitem) ../C/gconf.xml:1024(systemitem)
+msgid "/apps/panel/default_setup/general/object_id_list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1029(systemitem) ../C/gconf.xml:1029(systemitem)
+msgid "/apps/panel/default_setup/general/applet_id_list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1033(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1033(para)
+msgid "The keys also assign identifiers to each panel, panel object, and applet. For example, the following sample from <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> specifies that one panel appears in the GNOME Desktop:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1046(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1046(para)
+msgid "In the <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> file, the identifier <systemitem>bottom_panel</systemitem> identifies the bottom edge panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1049(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1049(para)
+msgid "Keys that specify the properties of the panels. The panel property keys are structured as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1051(programlisting) ../C/gconf.xml:1051(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "/apps/panel/default_setup/toplevels/<replaceable>panel-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>panel-property-key</replaceable>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1052(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1052(para)
+msgid "For example, the key <systemitem>/apps/panel/default_setup/toplevels/bottom_panel/size</systemitem> specifies the size of the bottom panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1055(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1055(para)
+msgid "Keys that specify the panel objects, the panel object properties, and the panels in which the objects reside. For example, the following sample from <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> specifies a <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> object at the left side of the bottom panel:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1084(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1084(para)
+msgid "Keys that specify the applets, the applet preferences, and the panels in which the applets reside. For example, the following sample from <filename>panel-default-setup.entries</filename> specifies the <application>Window List</application> applet, in the bottom panel:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1118(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1118(para)
+msgid "The OAFIID is a unique identifier for an applet. To find the OAFIID for a particular applet, see the <filename>.server</filename> file for the applet in the <filename>/usr/lib/bonobo/servers</filename> directory. For example, the following excerpt from <filename>GNOME_Wncklet_Factory.server</filename> shows the OAFIID for the <application>Window List</application> applet:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1129(title) ../C/gconf.xml:1129(title)
+msgid "To Set Preferences for Individual Panels and Panel Objects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1130(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1130(para)
+msgid "To set the preferences for a panel and the objects on a panel perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1134(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1134(para)
+msgid "Log in to a GNOME session, and configure the panels as required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1137(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1137(para)
+msgid "Use the <option>--dump</option> option with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command line tool to generate a file that contains an XML description of your panel configuration. The <option>--dump</option> option generates a list that contains all preference keys in a <application>GConf</application> repository directory that you specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1140(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1140(para)
+msgid "For example, the following command creates an XML description of the default panel configuration in a file called <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1142(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:1142(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --dump /apps/panel &gt; my-panel-setup.entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1145(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1145(para)
+msgid "Open the <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename> file in a text editor, and modify the file as required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1147(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1147(para)
+msgid "For example, you might want to change the location of the desktop entry files. The following is an excerpt from a file generated with the <option>--dump</option> option:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1156(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1156(para)
+msgid "In the sample above, you might want to change the reference to <filename>hadjaha-00adce02f7.desktop</filename> to another desktop entry file that is available globally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1158(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1158(para)
+msgid "When you generate a panel configuration with the <option>--dump</option> option, the positions of the panel objects are absolute positions. You might want to change the positions of panel objects from absolute positions to relative positions. The object at the extreme left of a panel has a <systemitem>position</systemitem> value of <literal>0</literal>. The next object has a <systemitem>position</systemitem> value of <literal>1</literal>, and so on. If you want object positions to be relative to the right side of the panel, set the value of the <systemitem>right_stick</systemitem> key to <literal>true</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1167(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1167(para)
+msgid "Use the <option>--load</option> option with the <command>gconftool-2</command> command line tool to set the values of the default configuration source to the values in the <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename> file. For example, the following command sets the values of the keys in the default configuration source to the values of the corresponding keys in <filename>my-panel-setup.entries</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1171(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:1171(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n  --load my-panel-setup.entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1180(title) ../C/gconf.xml:1180(title)
+msgid "Setting Look-and-Feel Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1181(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1181(para)
+msgid "The following sections describe how to assign mandatory or default values to look-and-feel preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1184(title) ../C/gconf.xml:1184(title)
+msgid "To Set Font Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1187(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:1187(secondary)
+msgid "fonts, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1190(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:15(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:18(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:77(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:1190(primary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:11(see) ../C/fontconfig.xml:15(see) ../C/fontconfig.xml:18(primary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:35(primary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:58(primary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:77(primary)
+msgid "fonts"
+msgstr "tipografías"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1193(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1193(para)
+msgid "To set font preferences, you modify the values of two preference keys. The following table shows the keys to modify, and the part of the user interface to which the keys correspond:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1203(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1203(para)
+msgid "GConf Location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1206(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1206(para)
+msgid "User Interface Component"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1217(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1217(para)
+msgid "<application>Font</application> preference tool, <guilabel>Application font</guilabel> option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1222(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1222(para)
+msgid "/apps/nautilus/preferences/desktop_font"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1225(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1225(para)
+msgid "<application>Font</application> preference tool, <guilabel>Desktop font</guilabel> option"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1231(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1231(para)
+msgid "For example, to set <literal>Sans 12</literal> as the mandatory application font, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1233(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:1233(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n  --type string \\\n  --set /desktop/gnome/interface/font_name \"Sans 12\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1237(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1237(para)
+msgid "<indexterm><primary>desktop</primary><secondary>font preferences, setting with GConf</secondary></indexterm>To set <literal>palatino 12</literal> as the default desktop object font, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1240(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:1240(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n  --type string \\\n  --set /apps/nautilus/preferences/desktop_font \"palatino 12\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1246(title) ../C/gconf.xml:1246(title)
+msgid "To Set Background Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1249(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:1249(secondary)
+msgid "background, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1252(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:554(primary) ../C/performance.xml:554(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:1252(primary)
+msgid "background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1253(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:1253(secondary)
+msgid "preferences, setting with GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1256(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1256(para)
+msgid "To set preferences for the desktop background, you modify the values of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/desktop/gnome/background</systemitem> location. For example, to set a mandatory image for the background, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1262(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1267(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:1262(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:1267(replaceable)
+msgid "filename.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1259(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:1259(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n  --type string \\\n  --set /desktop/gnome/background/picture_filename <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1264(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:1264(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n  --type string \\\n  --set /desktop/gnome/background/picture_filename <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1268(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1268(para)
+msgid "You can also set other background preferences. For information on the other background preferences, see the <filename>desktop_gnome_background.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1272(title) ../C/gconf.xml:1272(title)
+msgid "To Set Splash Image Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1275(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:1275(secondary)
+msgid "splash image, setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1278(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:129(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:544(primary) ../C/performance.xml:129(primary) ../C/performance.xml:544(primary) ../C/gconf.xml:1278(primary)
+msgid "splash screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1279(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:1279(secondary)
+msgid "image, setting with GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1282(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1282(para)
+msgid "To set splash image preferences, you modify the value of the preference keys in the <systemitem>/apps/gnome-session/options/</systemitem> location. For example, if you do not want users ever to see a splash image, set a mandatory value as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1285(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:1285(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \\\n  --type bool \\\n  --set /apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1290(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:1290(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults \\\n  --type bool \\\n  --set /apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1294(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1294(para)
+msgid "You can also set other splash image preferences. For information on the other splash image preferences, see the <filename>gnome-session.schemas</filename> schema definition file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1299(title) ../C/gconf.xml:1299(title)
+msgid "To Restore Default Preference Values"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1302(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:1302(secondary)
+msgid "restoring default preference values"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1307(secondary) ../C/gconf.xml:1307(secondary)
+msgid "restoring to default with GConf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1309(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1309(para)
+msgid "To restore the default preference values for a user, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1312(replaceable) ../C/gconf.xml:1312(replaceable)
+msgid "user-configuration-source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1311(userinput) ../C/gconf.xml:1311(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 --direct \\\n  --config-source <placeholder-1/> \\\n  --recursive-unset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1314(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1314(para)
+msgid "Replace <replaceable>user-configuration-source</replaceable> with the configuration source in the <filename>.gconf</filename> directory in the home directory of the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1317(para) ../C/gconf.xml:1317(para)
+msgid "This command resets the values of all preference keys, in all subdirectories, from the user setting to the setting in the default configuration source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:3(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:3(title)
+msgid "Customizing Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:12(para)
+msgid "The information in this chapter describes how the GNOME Desktop implements menus and how you can customize menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:17(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:20(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:660(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:676(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:740(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:781(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:816(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:842(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:910(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:953(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1034(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:20(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:660(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:676(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:740(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:781(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:816(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:842(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:910(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:953(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:1034(primary)
+msgid "menus"
+msgstr "menús"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:25(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:25(para)
+msgid "The GNOME Desktop implements menus according to the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG menu specification</ulink>. By supporting this specification, GNOME allows you to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:32(para)
+msgid "Customize the menu hierarchy easily. You can edit a small number of files to customize the menu hierarchy. You do not need to modify your applications or move files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:38(para)
+msgid "Install applications easily. You do not need to provide information about the menu hierarchy to applications when you install the applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:44(para)
+msgid "Configure menus so that users cannot modify the menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:48(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:48(para)
+msgid "Menus in the GNOME Desktop use the following components:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(glossterm) ../C/menustructure.xml:52(para) ../C/glossary.xml:139(glossterm)
+msgid "Menu definition files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:56(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:56(para)
+msgid "Desktop entry files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:60(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:60(para)
+msgid "Directory entry files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:66(title)
+msgid "Menu Definition Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:69(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(see) ../C/menustructure.xml:69(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:75(see)
+msgid "menu definition files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:73(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:73(primary)
+msgid ".menu files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:78(para)
+msgid "Menu files define the hierarchy of menus that are used in the GNOME menu bar. By modifying these files, you can customize menus for all users, or for a single user depending on the location of the <filename>applications.menu</filename> file that you modify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:86(para)
+msgid "$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS is the environment variable defined in the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec\">XDG base directory specification</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:83(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:83(para)
+msgid "Menu files must reside at <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus/applications.menu</filename>. If <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar><footnote><placeholder-1/></footnote> is not set, then the default path <filename>/etc/xdg</filename> is used. This also implies that a user specific version may be located at <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/menus/applications.menu</filename> which is searched first. If <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> is not set, then the default path <filename>~/.config</filename> is used. Directories which appear first in <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> are given precedence when there are several <filename>applications.menu</filename> files. The first file found is used and subsequent files are ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:99(para)
+msgid "If you are confused about the order in which paths are searched, here is a simple list for resolving the location of <filename>applications.menu</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:105(para)
+msgid "Search each directory in <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> in order to find <filename>menus/applications.menu</filename>. If <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> is not set, it defaults to the <filename>~/.config/</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:112(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:112(para)
+msgid "Search each directory in <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> in order to find <filename>menus/applications.menu</filename>. If <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</filename> is not set, it defaults to the <filename>/etc/xdg/</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:119(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:119(para)
+msgid "Use the first <filename>applications.menu</filename> file found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:124(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:124(para)
+msgid "You can see an example of a <filename>.menu</filename> file in <xref linkend=\"example-menu\"/>. In this example, the top level menu is named <literal>Applications</literal>, which is specified using the <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> element. The <literal>Applications</literal> menu contains a single submenu, but several submenus are allowed. Each submenu may also have an <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element. The purpose of the <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element is to perform a filter on the set of available desktop entries using matching rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:134(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:134(para)
+msgid "For example, the <literal>&lt;Category&gt;</literal> element is a basic matching rule that selects a <link linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"><emphasis>desktop entry</emphasis></link> only if the <link linkend=\"category-key\"><literal>Categories</literal> key</link> contains the content of the <literal>&lt;Category&gt;</literal> element. In the example, the <literal>Accessories</literal> menu will include a <emphasis>desktop entry</emphasis> only if it contains <quote>Utility</quote> but not <quote>System</quote> in the Categories key. For more information on the Categories key, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:147(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:147(title)
+msgid "Example of a <filename>.menu</filename> file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:149(programlisting) ../C/menustructure.xml:149(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&lt;!DOCTYPE Menu PUBLIC \"-//freedesktop//DTD Menu 1.0//EN\"\n \"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/menu-spec/1.0/menu.dtd\"&gt;\n&lt;Menu&gt;\n  &lt;Name&gt;Applications&lt;/Name&gt;\n  &lt;Directory&gt;Applications.directory&lt;/Directory&gt;\n\n  &lt;!-- Read standard .directory and .desktop file locations --&gt;\n  &lt;DefaultAppDirs/&gt;\n  &lt;DefaultDirectoryDirs/&gt;\n\n  &lt;!-- Accessories submenu --&gt;\n  &lt;Menu&gt;\n    &lt;Name&gt;Accessories&lt;/Name&gt;\n    &lt;Directory&gt;Accessories.directory&lt;/Directory&gt;\n    &lt;Include&gt;\n      &lt;And&gt;\n        &lt;Category&gt;Utility&lt;/Category&gt;\n        &lt;Not&gt;\n          &lt;Category&gt;System&lt;/Category&gt;\n        &lt;/Not&gt;\n      &lt;/And&gt;\n    &lt;/Include&gt;\n  &lt;/Menu&gt; &lt;!-- End Accessories --&gt;\n\n  &lt;!-- possibly more submenus --&gt;\n\n&lt;/Menu&gt; &lt;!-- End Applications --&gt;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:179(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:179(para)
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-xmlmenu\"/> describes some of the elements in <filename>.menu</filename> files. For a more detailed description, please see the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG menu specification</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:186(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:186(title)
+msgid "Menu Definition File Elements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:195(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:195(para)
+msgid "Element"
+msgstr "Elemento"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:204(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:204(literal)
+msgid "&lt;Menu&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:206(para)
+msgid "The root element which may contain nested <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> elements that define submenus. How these elements are nested determines the menu structure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:214(literal)
+msgid "&lt;Name&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:216(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:216(para)
+msgid "Specifies the name of the menu. Every <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element must contain a <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:223(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:223(literal)
+msgid "&lt;Directory&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:226(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:226(para)
+msgid "Specifies the name of the directory entry file that specifies the name, comment, and icon for the menu. If this element is not specified, then the <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> element is to be used to display the menu name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:230(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:230(para)
+msgid "By default, <filename>.directory</filename> files are searched for in the location <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories/</filename> as set forth in the <citetitle>XDG menu specification.</citetitle>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:240(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:240(literal)
+msgid "&lt;DefaultAppDirs&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:244(filename) ../C/menustructure.xml:244(filename)
+msgid "$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:242(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:242(entry)
+msgid "This is an instruction which indicates that all the available desktop entries from <placeholder-1/> should be scanned. If this instruction is not included, then these locations are not scanned for desktop entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:251(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:251(literal)
+msgid "&lt;DefaultDirectoryDirs&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:255(filename) ../C/menustructure.xml:255(filename)
+msgid "$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:253(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:253(entry)
+msgid "This is an instruction which indicates that all the available directory entries from <placeholder-1/> should be scanned. If the instruction is not included, then these locations are not scanned for directory entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:280(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:283(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:262(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:280(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:283(literal)
+msgid "&lt;Include&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:266(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:289(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:293(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:266(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:289(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:293(literal)
+msgid "&lt;Filename&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:267(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:298(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:302(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:267(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:298(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:302(literal)
+msgid "&lt;Category&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:268(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:307(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:312(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:268(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:307(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:312(literal)
+msgid "&lt;And&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:268(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:316(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:321(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:268(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:316(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:321(literal)
+msgid "&lt;Or&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:269(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:325(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:330(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:269(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:325(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:330(literal)
+msgid "&lt;Not&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:269(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:334(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:269(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:334(literal)
+msgid "&lt;All&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:271(emphasis) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:280(emphasis) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:337(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:271(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:280(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:337(emphasis)
+msgid "desktop entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:264(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:264(entry)
+msgid "Contains a list of matching rules by which the contents of a menu are generated. May include the <placeholder-1/>, <placeholder-2/>, <placeholder-3/>, <placeholder-4/>, <placeholder-5/>, or <placeholder-6/> matching rules. If more than one rule is present, the rules are logically ORed so that <placeholder-7/> that match any rule are included."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:277(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:277(literal)
+msgid "&lt;Exclude&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:279(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:279(entry)
+msgid "The opposite of <placeholder-1/> since any <placeholder-2/> that are matched in this element are excluded from the previous set of included elements. For this reason, this element must appear after the <placeholder-3/> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:292(emphasis) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:301(emphasis) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:310(emphasis) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:319(emphasis) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:328(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:292(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:301(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:310(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:319(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:328(emphasis)
+msgid "desktop entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:291(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:291(entry)
+msgid "A matching rule that selects a <placeholder-1/> when the Desktop File-Id matches the contents of the <placeholder-2/> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:300(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:300(entry)
+msgid "A matching rule that selects a <placeholder-1/> when the Categories key matches the contents of the <placeholder-2/> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:311(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:311(emphasis)
+msgid "all"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:309(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:309(entry)
+msgid "A matching rule that selects a <placeholder-1/> when it is selected by <placeholder-2/> the nested matching rules in the <placeholder-3/> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:320(emphasis) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:329(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:320(emphasis) ../C/menustructure.xml:329(emphasis)
+msgid "any"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:318(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:318(entry)
+msgid "A matching rule that selects a <placeholder-1/> when it is selected by <placeholder-2/> of the nested matching rules in the <placeholder-3/> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:327(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:327(entry)
+msgid "A matching rule that does not select a <placeholder-1/> when it is selected by <placeholder-2/> of the nested matching rules in the <placeholder-3/> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:336(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:336(entry)
+msgid "A matching rule which selects all <placeholder-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:345(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:345(title)
+msgid "Desktop Entry Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:350(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:356(see) ../C/menustructure.xml:350(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:356(see)
+msgid "desktop entry files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:354(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:354(primary)
+msgid ".desktop files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:359(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:359(para)
+msgid "A <firstterm>desktop entry file</firstterm> is a data file that provides information about an item in a menu. The desktop entry file specifies the details for the item such as a name, a command to run, an icon, and so on. It also contains keywords which determine the location of the item in the menu hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:369(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:369(para)
+msgid "$XDG_DATA_DIRS is the environment variable defined in the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec\">XDG base directory specification</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:365(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:365(para)
+msgid "Desktop entry files must reside in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications</filename> directory and must have a <filename>.desktop</filename> file extension. If <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar><footnote><placeholder-1/></footnote> is not set, then the default path is <filename>/usr/share</filename> is used. This also implies that user specific desktop entries may be located at <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/applications</filename> which is searched first. If <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME</envar> is not set, then the default path <filename>~/.local/share</filename> is used. Desktop entries are collected from all directories in the <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> environment variable. Directories which appear first in <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS</envar> are given precedence when there are several <filename>.desktop</filename> files with the same name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:383(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:383(para)
+msgid "The following is a sample desktop entry file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:385(programlisting) ../C/menustructure.xml:385(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[Desktop Entry]\nEncoding=UTF-8\nName=Calculator\nName[fr]=Calculatrice\n...\nComment=Perform calculations\nComment[fr]=Effectue des calculs compliqués\n...\nExec=gcalctool\nIcon=gnome-calculator\nTerminal=false\nType=Application\nStartupNotify=true\nCategories=GTK;GNOME;Application;Utility;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:400(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:400(para)
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-TBL-7\"/> describes the most important keys in desktop entry files. To get more information about desktop entry files, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec\">XDG Desktop Entry Specification</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:407(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:407(title)
+msgid "Desktop Entry Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:416(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:416(para)
+msgid "Desktop Entry Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:425(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:425(literal)
+msgid "Categories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:427(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:427(para)
+msgid "Specifies the keywords that describe the item. The keywords are separated with semicolons (;). To see a list of the standard category keywords, see the desktop menu specification at <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/menu-spec\"> http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/menu-spec</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:433(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:433(para)
+msgid "<link linkend=\"menustructure-13\">Menu Definition Files</link> map desktop entries to menus by using matching rules against the Categories key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:442(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:442(para)
+msgid "Specifies a short description of the item. The comment is displayed as a tooltip when you point to the item in the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:448(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:448(literal)
+msgid "Encoding"
+msgstr "Codificación"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:451(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:451(para)
+msgid "Specifies the encoding of the desktop entry file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:456(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:456(literal)
+msgid "Exec"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:458(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:458(para)
+msgid "Specifies a command to execute when you choose the item from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:466(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:466(para)
+msgid "Specifies the filename of an icon that represents the item. Does not specify the path to the filename, or the file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:472(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:472(literal)
+msgid "MimeType"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:474(entry) ../C/menustructure.xml:474(entry)
+msgid "Specifies the MIME types that the application can handle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:480(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:480(para)
+msgid "Specifies the name of the item. This name is displayed on the item in the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:485(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:485(literal)
+msgid "NoDisplay"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:487(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:487(para)
+msgid "This options means <quote>This application exists, but don't display it in the menus</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:493(literal) ../C/menustructure.xml:493(literal)
+msgid "Terminal"
+msgstr "Terminal"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:495(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:495(para)
+msgid "Specifies whether the command in the <literal>Exec</literal> key runs in a terminal window. If the value is <literal>true</literal> the command runs in a terminal window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:498(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:498(para)
+msgid "If the command does not create a window in which to run, the value of this key must be <literal>true</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:507(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:507(para)
+msgid "Specifies the type of item. This value is one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:510(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:510(para)
+msgid "<literal>Application</literal>: An item that starts an application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:515(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:515(para)
+msgid "<literal>Link</literal>: An item that links to a file, folder, or a remote resource (such as a FTP site, a web page, a Windows share...)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:521(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:521(para)
+msgid "<literal>FSDevice</literal>: An item that is a file system device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:526(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:526(para)
+msgid "<literal>Directory</literal>: An item that is a Directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:536(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:536(para)
+msgid "For more information on the keys in desktop entry files, see the desktop entry specification at the following URL:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:540(ulink) ../C/menustructure.xml:540(ulink)
+msgid "http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/desktop-entry-spec"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:544(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:544(para)
+msgid "Panel launchers and desktop objects also use desktop entry files. The desktop entry files for launchers and desktop objects provide the same information as for items in a menu. For example, the desktop entry files provide the command to run when a user chooses the launcher or object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:553(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:553(title)
+msgid "Directory Entry Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:556(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:562(see) ../C/menustructure.xml:556(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:562(see)
+msgid "directory entry files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:560(primary) ../C/menustructure.xml:560(primary)
+msgid ".directory files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:565(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:565(para)
+msgid "A <firstterm>directory entry file</firstterm> is a data file that provides information about a menu. The directory entry file specifies the details for the menu such as a name, a tooltip, and an icon. Directory entry files have a <filename>.directory</filename> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:570(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:570(para)
+msgid "Directory entry files must reside in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories</filename> directory. If <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> is not set, then the default path is <filename>/usr/share</filename> is used. This also implies that user specific directory entries may be located at <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/desktop-directories</filename> which is searched first. If <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME</envar> is not set, then the default path <filename>~/.local/share</filename> is used. Directory entries are collected from all directories in the <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> environment variable. Directories which appear first in <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> are given precedence when there are several <filename>.directory</filename> files with the same name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:584(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:584(para)
+msgid "The following is a sample directory entry file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:586(programlisting) ../C/menustructure.xml:586(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[Desktop Entry]\nName=Graphics\nName[fr]=Graphisme\n...\nComment=Graphics applications\nComment[fr]=Applications graphiques\n...\nIcon=gnome-graphics\nType=Directory\nEncoding=UTF-8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:597(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:597(para)
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-TBL-15\"/> describes the most important keys in directory entry files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:601(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:601(title)
+msgid "Directory Entry Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:610(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:610(para)
+msgid "Directory Entry Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:621(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:621(para)
+msgid "Specifies the name of the menu. This name is displayed on the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:629(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:629(para)
+msgid "Specifies a short description of the menu. The comment is displayed as a tooltip when you point to the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:638(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:638(para)
+msgid "Specifies the filename of an icon that represents the menu. Does not specify the path to the filename, or the file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:646(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:646(para)
+msgid "Specifies the type of menu. The value of this key is always <literal>Directory</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:655(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:655(title)
+msgid "Editing System Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:662(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:662(secondary)
+msgid "editing"
+msgstr "editar"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:665(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:665(para)
+msgid "You can edit menu configuration files and menu data files manually to customize menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:669(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:669(title)
+msgid "Adding Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:678(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:858(secondary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:858(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:678(secondary)
+msgid "adding"
+msgstr "añadir"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:681(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:681(para)
+msgid "To add a menu for all users, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:685(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:685(para)
+msgid "Create a directory entry file for the item that you want to add. Place the directory entry file in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/desktop-directories</filename> directory. For more information on directory entry files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-14\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:693(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:761(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:791(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:851(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:693(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:761(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:791(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:851(para)
+msgid "Locate the <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus/applications.menu</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:699(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:699(para)
+msgid "In the <filename>.menu</filename> file, add a <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element for the new menu. For more information on <filename>.menu</filename> files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-13\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:706(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:706(para)
+msgid "Create a <literal>&lt;Name&gt;</literal> element below <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal>. The content of the element should contain the name for the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:712(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:712(para)
+msgid "Create a <literal>&lt;Directory&gt;</literal> element below <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal>. The content of the element should contain the name of the directory entry file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:718(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:718(para)
+msgid "See <xref linkend=\"menustructure-4\"/> for how to add an item to the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:723(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:723(para)
+msgid "The next time that users log in, the menu should appear in the menu bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:727(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:727(title)
+msgid "Missing Menu?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:729(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:729(para)
+msgid "If you did not specify any matching rules in the <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element, or if the rule did not match any desktop entries, then you may not see the menu in the menu bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:737(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:737(title)
+msgid "Adding an Item to a Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:742(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:742(secondary)
+msgid "adding items to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:745(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:745(para)
+msgid "To add an item to a menu for all users, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:750(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:750(para)
+msgid "Create a desktop entry file for the item that you want to add. For more information on desktop entry files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:756(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:756(para)
+msgid "Place the desktop entry file in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications</filename> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:767(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:767(para)
+msgid "Verify that a <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element contains an <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element with a matching rule that selects the desktop entry file made in step 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:773(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:773(para)
+msgid "The next time that users log in, the menu item is in the assigned location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:778(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:778(title)
+msgid "Editing the Properties of a Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:783(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:783(secondary)
+msgid "editing properties of"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:786(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:786(para)
+msgid "To edit the properties of a menu for all users, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:797(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:797(para)
+msgid "Find the <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> entry in this file that corresponds to the menu you want to modify. Note the filename of the directory entry in the <literal>&lt;Directory&gt;</literal> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:804(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:804(para)
+msgid "Locate the directory entry for this menu. Modify the contents to change the properties of the menu. For more information on <filename>.directory</filename> files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-14\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:813(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:813(title)
+msgid "Editing a Menu Item"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:818(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:818(secondary)
+msgid "editing menu items"
+msgstr "editar elementos de menú"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:821(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:821(para)
+msgid "To edit a menu item, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr "Para editar un elemento del menú, realice los pasos siguientes:"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:825(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:825(para)
+msgid "Locate the desktop entry in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/applications</filename> directory that corresponds to the menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:831(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:831(para)
+msgid "Edit the desktop entry to change the properties of the menu item. For more information on desktop entry files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:839(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:882(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:839(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:882(title)
+msgid "Deleting an Item from a Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:844(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:844(secondary)
+msgid "deleting menu items"
+msgstr "borrar elementos del menú"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:847(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:847(para)
+msgid "To delete an item from a menu for all users:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:857(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:857(para)
+msgid "Find the <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element in this file that contains the desktop entry you want to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:862(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:862(para)
+msgid "Insert an <literal>&lt;Exclude&gt;</literal> element after the closing tag for the <literal>&lt;Include&gt;</literal> element. Make sure this is in the <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element determined in step 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:869(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:869(para)
+msgid "Insert the <literal>&lt;Filename&gt;</literal> matching rule as a subelement of <literal>&lt;Exclude&gt;</literal> to specifically exclude a desktop entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:875(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:875(para)
+msgid "The next time that users log in, the menu item is not displayed in the menu. <xref linkend=\"menustructure-deleteitem\"/> shows how this done in the <filename>applications.menu</filename> file. The desktop entry for <filename>dasher.desktop</filename> is explicitly excluded from showing up in the accessibility menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:884(programlisting) ../C/menustructure.xml:884(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&lt;!-- ... --&gt;\n\n  &lt;Menu&gt;\n    &lt;Name&gt;Accessibility&lt;/Name&gt;\n    &lt;Directory&gt;Accessibility.directory&lt;/Directory&gt;\n    &lt;Include&gt;\n      &lt;And&gt;\n        &lt;Category&gt;Accessibility&lt;/Category&gt;\n        &lt;Not&gt;&lt;Category&gt;Settings&lt;/Category&gt;&lt;/Not&gt;\n      &lt;/And&gt;\n    &lt;/Include&gt;\n    &lt;Exclude&gt;\n      &lt;Filename&gt;dasher.desktop&lt;/Filename&gt;\n    &lt;/Exclude&gt;\n  &lt;/Menu&gt;\n\n&lt;!-- ... --&gt;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:907(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:907(title)
+msgid "Editing User Menus and Menu Merging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:912(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:912(secondary)
+msgid "editing user menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:915(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:915(para)
+msgid "You can use the following GNOME Desktop applications to edit menus for users:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:920(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:920(para)
+msgid "GNOME Menu Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:924(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:924(para)
+msgid "A simple menu editor is available for users to edit their menus. For more information, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?goseditmainmenu-1\">Working With Menus</ulink> in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide\">GNOME User Guide</ulink>. Alternatively, you can manually create and edit a user menu file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:930(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:930(para)
+msgid "To manually create a custom menu for a user, the <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/menus/applications.menu</filename> must exist. In the case that <envar>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar> is not set, the default <filename>~/.config</filename> directory is used. Since this is the first location that is searched for the <filename>applications.menu</filename> file, it takes precedence over all other menu files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:938(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:938(para)
+msgid "User menus can contain all the elements described in <xref linkend=\"menustructure-13\"/>. For a complete list of the elements allowed, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG menu specification</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:944(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:944(para)
+msgid "Since user menu files take precedence over the system menu file, it will completely replace the system menu unless it explicitly <emphasis>merges</emphasis> the system menu. Information on menu merging is available in the following subsections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:950(title) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1011(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:950(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:1011(title)
+msgid "Merging the System Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:955(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:955(secondary)
+msgid "merging the system menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:958(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:958(para)
+msgid "Often, a user only wants to add or delete menu items in addition to the standard system menu. To support single changes like these, it is recommended that you use the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element with the attribute <literal>type=\"parent\"</literal> within the user's <filename>applications.menu</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:964(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:964(para)
+msgid "The <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element allows a menu to be merged with the contents of the user's menu file. When you specify the attribute <literal>type=\"parent\"</literal>, then the contents of the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element are ignored and the next <filename>applications.menu</filename> file in the <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus</filename> directory is used for merging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:973(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:973(title)
+msgid "Older Specifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:975(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:975(para)
+msgid "Older specifications did not include the <literal>type</literal> attribute and simply required the location of the menu file to be merged as the content of the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element. As a result, you may still see a location specified in the contents of <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal>, even when <literal>type=\"parent\"</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:983(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:983(para)
+msgid "The merging is performed as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:989(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:989(para)
+msgid "Merged menu file refers to the next <filename>applications.menu</filename> in the <filename>$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS/menus</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:987(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:987(para)
+msgid "The children of the root <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element in the merged menu file<footnote><placeholder-1/></footnote> are substituted for the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element in the base menu file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:998(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:998(para)
+msgid "All child <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> elements with the same name are consolidated into a single <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element. This is by done appending all child elements of each <literal>&lt;Menu&gt;</literal> element with the same name into the <emphasis>last</emphasis> occurrence of the menu element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1007(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:1007(para)
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"menustructure-systemmerge\"/> shows an example of a user menu file explicitly merging the system menu file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1013(programlisting) ../C/menustructure.xml:1013(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&lt;!DOCTYPE Menu PUBLIC \"-//freedesktop//DTD Menu 1.0//EN\"\n \"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/menu-spec/menu-1.0.dtd\"&gt;\n\n&lt;Menu&gt;\n  &lt;Name&gt;Applications&lt;/Name&gt;\n  &lt;MergeFile type=\"parent\"&gt;/etc/xdg/menus/applications.menu&lt;/MergeFile&gt;\n  &lt;Menu&gt;\n    &lt;Name&gt;Accessibility&lt;/Name&gt;\n    &lt;Exclude&gt;\n      &lt;Filename&gt;dasher.desktop&lt;/Filename&gt;\n    &lt;/Exclude&gt;\n  &lt;/Menu&gt;\n&lt;/Menu&gt;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1031(title) ../C/menustructure.xml:1031(title)
+msgid "Merging Arbitrary Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1036(secondary) ../C/menustructure.xml:1036(secondary)
+msgid "merging arbitrary menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1039(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:1039(para)
+msgid "Arbitrary menu files can be merged in much the same way as system menus. The difference is that the <literal>type</literal> attribute must be set to <literal>path</literal> or must be excluded from the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element in order to do this type of merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:1045(para) ../C/menustructure.xml:1045(para)
+msgid "The merge is performed in the same way except that the location of the <emphasis>merged menu file</emphasis> is specified in the contents of the <literal>&lt;MergeFile&gt;</literal> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title) ../C/fontconfig.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Configuring Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:4(para)
+msgid "This chapter describes how to configure fonts in the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:8(title) ../C/fontconfig.xml:8(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Configuring Fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(primary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:10(primary)
+msgid "configuring fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(primary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:14(primary)
+msgid "fontconfig"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:21(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:21(para)
+msgid "GNOME Desktop uses the <literal>fontconfig</literal> font configuration and customization library. The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library can use all kinds of fonts, including PostScript Type 1 fonts and TrueType fonts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:24(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:24(para)
+msgid "The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library provides a list of all the fonts available on a GNOME Desktop system. To compile this list, <literal>fontconfig</literal> searches the directories listed in the <filename>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</filename> file. To view all the fonts available on a system, access the <literal>fonts:///</literal> location in the file manager on the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:26(para)
+msgid "For more information about the <literal>fontconfig</literal> library, see the following URL:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(ulink) ../C/fontconfig.xml:29(ulink)
+msgid "http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:33(title) ../C/fontconfig.xml:33(title)
+msgid "Font Substitution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:36(secondary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:36(secondary)
+msgid "substitution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:38(para)
+msgid "The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library performs font substitution when either entire fonts, or individual characters, are not present. If the system needs to display a font that is not available, <literal>fontconfig</literal> attempts to display another, similar font. For example, if a web page requests to display the Verdana font, and that font is not installed on the system, <literal>fontconfig</literal> displays a similar font, such as Helvetica. The list of similar fonts is defined in the <filename>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:44(para)
+msgid "If the system needs to display a character that is not present in the selected font, <literal>fontconfig</literal> attempts to display the character in another, similar font. For example, you might select Bitstream Vera Sans as the font for the Text Editor application. The Bitstream Vera font family does not include Cyrillic characters. If you open a document which contains a Cyrillic character, Text Editor uses a similar font that includes Cyrillic characters to display the character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:51(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:51(para)
+msgid "The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library also defines aliases for fonts, for example, <literal>serif</literal>, <literal>sans-serif</literal>, and <literal>monospace</literal>. When you select one of the aliases for a font, the system uses the first font that is defined for that alias in the <filename>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:56(title) ../C/fontconfig.xml:56(title)
+msgid "To Add a Font for All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(secondary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:59(secondary)
+msgid "adding for all users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:61(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:61(para)
+msgid "To add a font for all users, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:64(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:64(para)
+msgid "Copy the font file to one of the directories in the <filename>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</filename> file. Typically, fonts are stored in the <filename>/usr/share/fonts/</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:67(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:88(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:67(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:88(para)
+msgid "The <literal>fontconfig</literal> library updates the list of fonts automatically. If the list of fonts is not updated, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:70(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(replaceable) ../C/fontconfig.xml:70(replaceable) ../C/fontconfig.xml:91(replaceable)
+msgid "directory-name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:70(userinput) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(userinput) ../C/fontconfig.xml:70(userinput) ../C/fontconfig.xml:91(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "fc-cache <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(title) ../C/fontconfig.xml:75(title)
+msgid "To Add a Font for an Individual User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(secondary) ../C/fontconfig.xml:78(secondary)
+msgid "adding for individual users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:80(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:80(para)
+msgid "To add a font for an individual users, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:84(para) ../C/fontconfig.xml:84(para)
+msgid "Copy the font file to the <filename>$HOME/.fonts</filename> directory of the user. If you drag the font file to the <literal>fonts:///</literal> location in the file manager, the font file is copied to the <filename>$HOME/.fonts</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:3(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:3(title)
+msgid "MIME Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:9(para)
+msgid "This chapter describes how applications detect MIME types, how to register MIME types, and how to add applications to the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:14(para)
+msgid "The purpose of this chapter is to make it easy for an administrator to understand how to configure different parts of the MIME database and give an general overview of the MIME system. Therefore we will <emphasis>not</emphasis> attempt to go into details where it is not necessary. For the gory details, it is recommended that you refer to the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:23(title)
+msgid "Introduction to MIME Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:27(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:137(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:412(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:599(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:605(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:778(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:850(primary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:27(primary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:137(primary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:412(primary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:599(primary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:605(primary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:778(primary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:850(primary)
+msgid "MIME types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:32(para)
+msgid "A <firstterm>Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension</firstterm> [<acronym>MIME</acronym>] type identifies the format of a file. Applications such as Internet browsers and email applications use the MIME type of a file to decide which actions to perform on it. For example, an email application can use the MIME type to detect the format of an attachment and choose an appropriate viewer for the file, such as opening a text document with <application>gedit</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:40(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:40(para)
+msgid "As another example, the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager needs to know the MIME type of a file to perform the following tasks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:46(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:46(para)
+msgid "Open the file in an appropriate application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:50(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:50(para)
+msgid "Display a string that describes the type of file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:54(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:54(para)
+msgid "Display an appropriate icon to represent the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:58(para)
+msgid "Display a list of other applications that can open the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:63(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:63(para)
+msgid "MIME types were originally proposed as a standard for identifying the message body of an e-mail message. Now, many systems use MIME types to identify the format of arbitrary files on the file system. MIME types are composed of a top-level <emphasis>media type</emphasis> followed by a <emphasis>subtype identifier</emphasis>, separated by a forward slash character, <quote><literal>/</literal></quote>. One example of a MIME type is <literal>image/jpeg</literal>. The media type in this example is <quote><literal>image</literal></quote> and the subtype identifier is <quote><literal>jpeg</literal></quote>. The top-level media type is meant to be a general categorization about the content of the file, while the subtype identifer is meant to specifically identify the format of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:79(member) ../C/mimetypes.xml:79(member)
+msgid "application"
+msgstr "aplicación"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:81(member) ../C/mimetypes.xml:81(member)
+msgid "audio"
+msgstr "audio"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:83(member) ../C/mimetypes.xml:83(member)
+msgid "image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:85(member) ../C/mimetypes.xml:85(member)
+msgid "message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:87(member) ../C/mimetypes.xml:87(member)
+msgid "model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:89(member) ../C/mimetypes.xml:89(member)
+msgid "multipart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(member) ../C/mimetypes.xml:91(member)
+msgid "text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:93(member) ../C/mimetypes.xml:93(member)
+msgid "video"
+msgstr "vídeo"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:76(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:76(para)
+msgid "There are eight media types currently blessed by the <acronym>IANA</acronym> [Internet Assigned Naming Authority]. These eight media types are <placeholder-1/>. Many subtypes exist for each media type; for more information, see <ulink url=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/\">MIME Media Types</ulink> at the <ulink url=\"http://www.iana.org/\">IANA</ulink> web site."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:100(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:100(para)
+msgid "Implementation of MIME types in GNOME follows the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink>. This specification provides the following advantages:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:107(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:107(para)
+msgid "Standard locations for all MIME related files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:111(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:111(para)
+msgid "A standard way for applications to register information about a new MIME type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:116(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:116(para)
+msgid "A standard way to retrieve the MIME type for a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:120(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:120(para)
+msgid "A standard way to retrieve information about a MIME type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:124(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:124(para)
+msgid "The rest of the chapter describes the files and directories that make up the MIME database, details about source XML files, how to create or modify MIME types, how to register applications as handlers for certain MIME types and finally, how to add an application to the GNOME desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:132(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:132(title)
+msgid "The MIME Database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(secondary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:139(secondary)
+msgid "database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:142(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:142(para)
+msgid "The MIME database is a collection of files that make up:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:146(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:146(para)
+msgid "The set of known MIME types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:150(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:150(para)
+msgid "The method for determing the MIME type of a file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:154(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:154(para)
+msgid "Meta information regarding a MIME type, such as a human readable description to use when displaying files of this type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:160(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:160(title)
+msgid "Location"
+msgstr "Ubicación"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:162(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:162(para)
+msgid "As an administrator, the most important and basic step to understanding the MIME system is learning the locations where these files are stored. Since the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink> was drafted by the X Desktop Group, it also makes use of the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/basedir-spec\">XDG base directory specification</ulink>. It is highly recommended that you familiarize yourself with this specification, as it is also important for other system administration tasks such as editing menus. A brief summary of the directory locations as pertaining to the MIME specification is given below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:175(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:175(para)
+msgid "The MIME database is created from the set of files located in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime</filename> and <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/mime</filename> directories. If these environment variables are unset, then they default to the values <filename>~/.local/share</filename> and <filename>/usr/local/share:/usr/share</filename> respectively. As can be seen from the default value for <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar> , each environment variable is actually a colon separated list of directories. The user's database at <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime</filename> has precedence over the system database at <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/mime</filename> when conflicting definitions are encountered. Similar to the <citetitle>XDG shared mime specification</citetitle>, we will refer to this set of directories as <literal>&lt;MIME&gt;</literal> in the rest of this document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:191(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:191(para)
+msgid "For example, assuming default paths for the environment variables, <quote>Load <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/text/plain.xml</filename></quote> means to load the following files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:198(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:198(filename)
+msgid "~/.local/share/mime/text/plain.xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:202(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:202(filename)
+msgid "/usr/local/share/mime/text/plain.xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:206(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/mime/text/plain.xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:212(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:212(title)
+msgid "Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:214(para)
+msgid "The following is a list of directories and files that are found inside the MIME database along with brief descriptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:219(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:219(filename)
+msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/packages/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:222(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:222(para)
+msgid "This directory contains any number of XML files, each of which describe a collection of MIME types. By default, the <filename>freedesktop.org.xml</filename> file is installed in the <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages</filename> directory. This file contains all the default MIME types that are widely used and recognized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:229(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:229(para)
+msgid "Applications which provide information about new MIME types are to install a <emphasis>single</emphasis> new XML file here. Depending on the prefix where the application is installed, it will create the file in the <filename>/mime/package</filename> subdirectory of one of the directories in <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME:$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar>. For example, an application installed to <filename>/usr/bin</filename> should install a new source XML file to the <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages</filename> directory. For more information about the XML files in the <filename>packages</filename> directory, please see <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-source-xml\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:244(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:244(replaceable)
+msgid "MEDIA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:244(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:244(replaceable)
+msgid "SUBTYPE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:244(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:244(filename)
+msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/<placeholder-1/>/<placeholder-2/>.xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:247(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:247(para)
+msgid "These directories and files are automatically generated from the collection of source XML files in the <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages/</filename> subdirectory by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application. For example, for each <literal>mime-type</literal> element in the <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages/freedesktop.org.xml</filename> file, a directory is created at <filename>/usr/share/mime/</filename> with the <emphasis>media type</emphasis> of the MIME type. An XML file is created in that directory with the <emphasis>subtype identifier</emphasis> of that MIME type as well. The contents of the created XML file include comments (and translations for them), subclasses designations and aliases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:262(title)
+msgid "Example: <filename>/usr/share/mime/text/plain.xml</filename> file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:265(programlisting) ../C/mimetypes.xml:265(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&lt;?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?&gt;\n&lt;mime-type xmlns=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info\" type=\"text/plain\"&gt;\n&lt;!--Created automatically by update-mime-database. DO NOT EDIT!--&gt;\n  &lt;comment&gt;plain text document&lt;/comment&gt;\n  &lt;!-- possibly more translations --&gt;\n  &lt;comment xml:lang=\"es\"&gt;documento de texto sencillo&lt;/comment&gt;\n  &lt;comment xml:lang=\"eu\"&gt;testu soileko dokumentua&lt;/comment&gt;\n  &lt;comment xml:lang=\"fi\"&gt;perustekstiasiakirja&lt;/comment&gt;\n  &lt;comment xml:lang=\"fr\"&gt;document plein texte&lt;/comment&gt;\n  &lt;!-- possibly more translations --&gt;\n&lt;/mime-type&gt;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:265(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:265(para)
+msgid "<placeholder-1/>This file is generated by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application, using the default source XML file <filename>freedesktop.org.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:285(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:285(filename)
+msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/globs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:288(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:288(para)
+msgid "Contains one line with a MIME type and a glob pattern, separated by a colon. Files which match the glob pattern are resolved to the MIME type specified before the colon. There are special rules about how filenames are matched by the glob pattern; for more details see the <citetitle>XDG shared mime specification</citetitle>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:295(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:295(para)
+msgid "This file is also generated by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application, using the default source XML file <filename>freedesktop.org.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:303(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:303(filename)
+msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/magic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:306(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:306(para)
+msgid "A binary file which contains information on how to resolve MIME types by <quote>sniffing</quote> the content of the file. This is generally a set of one or more rules such as <quote>check for the string <literal>%PDF- </literal>at byte offset 0 in the file; if found, assign it the MIME type <literal>application/pdf</literal></quote>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:313(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:329(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:345(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:371(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:313(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:329(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:345(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:371(para)
+msgid "This file is also generated by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:320(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:320(filename)
+msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/XMLnamespaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:323(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:323(para)
+msgid "Contains a mapping of XML namespaces to MIME types. Each line contains three fields, the namespace, the localName and the MIME type. Each field is separated by a space. If the localName is empty, then there are two spaces between the namespace and the MIME type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:336(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:336(filename)
+msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/aliases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:339(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:339(para)
+msgid "Contains a list of aliases for each MIME type. An alias is simply a MIME type that is sometimes known as another type. For each line in this file there are two fields: the first field is the alias name, and the second field is the MIME type. The fields are separated by a space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:352(filename) ../C/mimetypes.xml:352(filename)
+msgid "&lt;MIME&gt;/subclasses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:358(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:358(para)
+msgid "A type is a subclass of another type if any instance of the first type is also an instance of the second. For example, all image/svg files are also text/xml, text/plain and application/octet-stream files. Subclassing is about the format, rather than the catagory of the data (for example, there is no 'generic spreadsheet' class that all spreadsheets inherit from)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:355(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:355(para)
+msgid "Contains a list of subclassed MIME types and their <quote>parent</quote> MIME type. From the <citetitle>XDG shared mime specification:</citetitle><blockquote><placeholder-1/></blockquote>The format of this file is similar to the <filename>aliases</filename> file. Each line contains two fields, where the first field is the subclassed MIME type and the second field is the parent MIME type. Each field is separated by a space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:380(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:380(title)
+msgid "Refreshing the MIME Database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:382(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:382(para)
+msgid "Understanding how to refresh the MIME database is important for administrators who wish to add new MIME types to the system, or otherwise modify information about a MIME type. The application <application>update-mime-database</application> is intended for this purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:388(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:388(para)
+msgid "For example, if an application installs information about a new MIME type to <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages/diff.xml</filename>, then <application>update-mime-database</application> must be called with the parameter <filename>/usr/share/mime</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:393(prompt) ../C/mimetypes.xml:393(prompt)
+msgid "#"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:393(userinput) ../C/mimetypes.xml:393(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "update-mime-database /usr/share/mime"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:394(computeroutput) ../C/mimetypes.xml:394(computeroutput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "***\n* Updating MIME database in /usr/share/mime...\n***\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:399(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:399(para)
+msgid "The MIME database is refreshed by scanning all the source XML files in the directory <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:406(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:406(title)
+msgid "The source XML files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:414(secondary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:414(secondary)
+msgid "source XML files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:417(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:417(para)
+msgid "Located in the <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages</filename> directory, these XML files provide all the information regarding MIME types that is installed into the database by the <application>update-mime-database</application> application. There are a few rules about the XML file itself:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:425(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:425(para)
+msgid "It must specify the namespace as <quote><literal>http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info</literal></quote>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:430(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:430(para)
+msgid "The root element must be <literal>mime-info</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:434(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:434(para)
+msgid "Zero or more <literal>mime-type</literal> elements can be specified as children of the <literal>mime-info</literal> element. The <literal>type</literal> attribute is used to specify the MIME type that is being defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:441(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:441(para)
+msgid "By default, the <filename>freedesktop.org.xml</filename> file is installed to the <filename>packages</filename> directory in one of the <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;</filename> paths (usually <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages</filename>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:446(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:446(para)
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mimetypes-mimeinfo-elements\"/> gives a brief description for each of the elements that can occur as children to the <literal>mime-type</literal> element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:451(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:451(title)
+msgid "Child elements of <literal>&lt;mime-info&gt;</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:460(entry) ../C/mimetypes.xml:460(entry)
+msgid "Element (and attributes)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:469(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:469(replaceable)
+msgid "*.xyz"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:468(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:468(literal)
+msgid "&lt;glob pattern=\"<placeholder-1/>\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:473(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:504(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:515(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:473(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:504(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:515(literal)
+msgid "mime-type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:474(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:474(literal)
+msgid "pattern"
+msgstr "patrón"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:471(entry) ../C/mimetypes.xml:471(entry)
+msgid "This element specifies a glob pattern against filenames. If the filename matches, then it is assigned the MIME type of the parent <placeholder-1/> element. The <placeholder-2/> attribute is mandatory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:479(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:479(replaceable)
+msgid "50"
+msgstr "50"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:478(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:478(literal)
+msgid "&lt;magic priority=\"<placeholder-1/>\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:481(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:485(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:481(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:485(literal)
+msgid "match"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:482(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:482(literal)
+msgid "priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:487(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:516(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:487(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:516(literal)
+msgid "type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:489(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:489(literal)
+msgid "offset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:493(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:493(literal)
+msgid "mask"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:495(ulink) ../C/mimetypes.xml:495(ulink)
+msgid "XDG shared mime info specification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:481(entry) ../C/mimetypes.xml:481(entry)
+msgid "This element contains a list of <placeholder-1/> elements as its children. The <placeholder-2/> attribute is optional, and specifies a priority between 0 and 100, with 100 being the highest matching priority. Each child <placeholder-3/> element has three required attributes: <placeholder-4/> and a fourth optional attribute, <placeholder-5/>. For details on these attributes, see the <placeholder-6/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:501(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:512(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:501(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:512(replaceable)
+msgid "media"
+msgstr "media"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:501(replaceable) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:512(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:501(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:512(replaceable)
+msgid "subtype"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:500(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:500(literal)
+msgid "&lt;alias type=\"<placeholder-1/>/<placeholder-2/>\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:506(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:506(literal)
+msgid "application/x-pdf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:507(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:507(literal)
+msgid "application/pdf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:503(entry) ../C/mimetypes.xml:503(entry)
+msgid "This element defines an alias for the parent <placeholder-1/> element. An alias is simply a MIME type that is sometimes known as another type. For example, <placeholder-2/> is an alias for the MIME type <placeholder-3/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:511(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:511(literal)
+msgid "&lt;sub-class-of type=\"<placeholder-1/>/<placeholder-2/>\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:517(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:517(literal)
+msgid "image/svg"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:518(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:518(literal)
+msgid "text/xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:518(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:518(literal)
+msgid "text/plain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:519(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:519(literal)
+msgid "application/octet-stream"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:514(entry) ../C/mimetypes.xml:514(entry)
+msgid "This element defines the parent <placeholder-1/> element as a subclass of the MIME type specified in the <placeholder-2/> attribute. For example, <placeholder-3/> is a sub class of the MIME type <placeholder-4/>, <placeholder-5/>, and <placeholder-6/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:524(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:524(replaceable)
+msgid "locale"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:523(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:523(literal)
+msgid "&lt;comment xml:lang=\"<placeholder-1/>\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:529(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:529(literal)
+msgid "xml:lang"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:526(entry) ../C/mimetypes.xml:526(entry)
+msgid "This element provides a human readable description for the MIME type. There can be zero or more occurrences of this element as long as each one contains a unique value for the <placeholder-1/> attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:534(replaceable) ../C/mimetypes.xml:534(replaceable)
+msgid "namespace"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:533(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:533(literal)
+msgid "&lt;root-XML namespaceURI=\"<placeholder-1/>\" localName=\"\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:541(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:539(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:541(literal)
+msgid "namespaceURI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:542(literal) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:543(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:539(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:542(literal) ../C/mimetypes.xml:543(literal)
+msgid "localName"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:537(entry) ../C/mimetypes.xml:537(entry)
+msgid "If a file is determined to an XML file, then this element helps to further classify it through the use of the <placeholder-1/> and <placeholder-2/> attributes, both of which are required. The attribute <placeholder-3/> is the namespace of the document, and <placeholder-4/> is the name of the root element for the document. If <placeholder-5/> is present but its value is empty, then the root element may have any name, but the namespace must still match."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:551(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:551(para)
+msgid "The easiest way to understand these files is to take a look at an example. Borrowing from the <citetitle>XDG shared mime specification</citetitle>, <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-source-xml-example\"/> displays the contents of a source XML file called <filename>diff.xml</filename>. This example defines the MIME type <literal>text/x-diff</literal>. There are multiple <literal>comment</literal> elements which give a human readable name to the MIME type in a number of different languages. This MIME type has both rules for matching through glob patterns <emphasis>and</emphasis> through the use of content <quote>sniffing</quote> (better known as <filename>magic</filename> rules). Any file with the extension <literal>.diff</literal> or <filename>.patch</filename> will resolve to this MIME type. Additionally any file whose contents start with the strings specified in the <literal>value</literal> attributes of the <literal>match</literal> element, will resolve to the <literal>text/x-diff</literal> MIME type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:568(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:568(para)
+msgid "The order in which glob patterns and magic rules apply is beyond the scope of this document. For details on this, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:574(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:574(title)
+msgid "Example of a source XML file: <filename>diff.xml</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:577(programlisting) ../C/mimetypes.xml:577(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&lt;?xml version='1.0'?&gt;\n&lt;mime-info xmlns='http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info'&gt;\n  &lt;mime-type type=\"text/x-diff\"&gt;\n    &lt;comment&gt;Differences between files&lt;/comment&gt;\n    &lt;comment xml:lang=\"af\"&gt;verskille tussen lêers&lt;/comment&gt;\n    &lt;!-- more translated comment elements --&gt;\n    &lt;magic priority=\"50\"&gt;\n      &lt;match type=\"string\" offset=\"0\" value=\"diff\\t\"/&gt;\n      &lt;match type=\"string\" offset=\"0\" value=\"***\\t\"/&gt;\n      &lt;match type=\"string\" offset=\"0\" value=\"Common subdirectories: \"/&gt;\n    &lt;/magic&gt;\n    &lt;glob pattern=\"*.diff\"/&gt;\n    &lt;glob pattern=\"*.patch\"/&gt;\n  &lt;/mime-type&gt;\n&lt;/mime-info&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:596(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:596(title)
+msgid "Modifying MIME types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:601(secondary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:601(secondary)
+msgid "verifying changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:607(secondary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:607(secondary)
+msgid "modifying"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:610(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:610(para)
+msgid "You should never directly modify the source XML files that are installed to the <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages</filename> directory by applications. Instead, modify the <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file. This file has precedence over all other source XML files installed into the same <filename>packages</filename> directory. If you are an application author, then this rule does not apply. You should create a new source XML file and place it in the proper <filename>&lt;MIME&gt;/packages</filename> directory (your <filename>Makefile</filename> will take care of this, of course)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:620(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:620(para)
+msgid "You can modify the MIME database for all users on the system or for a particular user depending on the location of the file you change. To modify the database for all users, make changes to the file <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS/mime/packages</filename> directory. To modify the database for a single user, make changes to the file <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime/packages</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:630(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:630(para)
+msgid "After changes are made, you must always run the <application>update-mime-database</application> application, with the directory location of the MIME database as the first parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:635(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:635(title)
+msgid "Adding or Modifying MIME types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:637(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:637(para)
+msgid "To add one or more MIME types for all users:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:641(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:641(para)
+msgid "Create or modify an existing <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> source XML file, containing the definitions for the MIME types. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-source-xml\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:648(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:648(para)
+msgid "Place the <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file in the <filename>/usr/share/mime/packages</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:653(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:653(para)
+msgid "Update the MIME database by running <application>update-mime-database</application> using the system account.<screen><userinput>update-mime-database /usr/share/mime</userinput></screen>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:659(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:659(para)
+msgid "To add one or more MIME types for a single user, follow the same steps, except place your <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file in the <filename>~/.local/share/mime/packages</filename> directory. Additionally, call <application>update-mime-database</application> with <filename>~/.local/share/mime/packages</filename> as the first parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:668(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:668(title)
+msgid "Verifying Changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:671(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:671(para)
+msgid "After you have made a change to the MIME database and refreshed its contents, you can verify that the change has taken effect using the <application>gnomevfs-info</application> application. This application prints the MIME type and other useful information about a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:676(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:676(para)
+msgid "Running <application>gnomevfs-info</application> on a SVG file gives you the output shown below. You'll notice the default application for this MIME type is <filename>eog.desktop</filename>; We will discuss default applications in <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-registering\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:681(prompt) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:705(prompt) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:755(prompt) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:757(prompt) ../C/mimetypes.xml:681(prompt) ../C/mimetypes.xml:705(prompt) ../C/mimetypes.xml:755(prompt) ../C/mimetypes.xml:757(prompt)
+msgid "$"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:681(userinput) ../C/mimetypes.xml:681(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gnomevfs-info mime-diagram.svg"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:682(computeroutput) ../C/mimetypes.xml:682(computeroutput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Name              : mime-diagram.svg\nType              : Regular\nMIME type         : image/svg+xml\nDefault app       : eog.desktop\nSize              : 14869\nBlocks            : 32\nI/O block size    : 4096\nLocal             : YES\nSUID              : NO\nSGID              : NO\nSticky            : NO\nPermissions       : 600644\nLink count        : 1\nUID               : 1000\nGID               : 100\nAccess time       : Wed Feb 22 18:24:47 2006\nModification time : Wed Feb 22 18:24:42 2006\nChange time       : Wed Feb 22 18:24:42 2006\nDevice #          : 775\nInode #           : 297252\nReadable          : YES\nWritable          : YES\nExecutable        : NO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:708(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:708(para)
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mimetypes-newtype-example\"/> walks through the steps of creating a new MIME type and then verifying the changes using <application>gnomevfs-info</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:714(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:714(title)
+msgid "<literal>application/x-newtype</literal> Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:716(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:716(para)
+msgid "To create (or override) a MIME type and verify the changes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:720(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:720(para)
+msgid "Make a new, empty file in your home directory called <filename>testing.xyz</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:729(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:729(para)
+msgid "When no glob patterns or magic rules match a file, then it is resolved to the MIME type <literal>text/plain</literal> if it contains textual data or <literal>application/octet-stream</literal> for binary data. If the file is empty, then it defaults to <literal>text/plain</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:725(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:725(para)
+msgid "Use <application>gnomevfs-info</application> on the file to find out the MIME type.The MIME type for this file should be detected as <literal>text/plain</literal> because there are not any glob patterns or magic rules that match it<footnote><placeholder-1/></footnote>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:739(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:739(para)
+msgid "Create (or modify) the <filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file as described in <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-addmodify\"/> with the contents given in <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-overrides-xml\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:745(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:745(para)
+msgid "Refresh the database using <application>update-mime-database</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:750(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:750(para)
+msgid "Use <application>gnomevfs-info</application> to verify that your change has taken effect. You should see the MIME type for the <filename>testing.xyz</filename> file resolved as <literal>application/x-newtype</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:755(userinput) ../C/mimetypes.xml:755(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gnomevfs-info testing.xyz | grep MIME\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:756(computeroutput) ../C/mimetypes.xml:756(computeroutput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MIME type         : application/x-newtype\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:762(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:762(title)
+msgid "<filename>Overrides.xml</filename> file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:764(programlisting) ../C/mimetypes.xml:764(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&lt;?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?&gt;\n&lt;mime-info xmlns=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info\"&gt;\n  &lt;mime-type type=\"application/x-newtype\"&gt;&lt;comment&gt;new mime type&lt;/comment&gt;&lt;glob pattern=\"*.xyz\"/&gt;&lt;/mime-type&gt;\n&lt;/mime-info&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:773(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:773(title)
+msgid "Registering Applications for MIME Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:780(secondary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:780(secondary)
+msgid "registering applications for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:784(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:856(primary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:784(primary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:856(primary)
+msgid "applications"
+msgstr "aplicaciones"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:786(secondary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:786(secondary)
+msgid "registry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:789(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:789(para)
+msgid "Registering applications to handle MIME types is fairly straightforward. Applications are registered by creating a <literal>MimeType</literal> key in their <filename>.desktop</filename> entry file and listing each MIME type separated by a semicolon. The <literal>MimeType</literal> key should only be used in <filename>.desktop</filename> files whose <literal>Type</literal> key has the value <quote><literal>Application</literal></quote>. For more information on <filename>.desktop</filename> files, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-desktopentry\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:799(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:799(para)
+msgid "After creating or modifying a <filename>.desktop</filename> entry file, you must update the application database using the <application>update-desktop-database</application> application (very similar to <application>update-mime-database</application>, except it does not take a parameter). This will create a <filename>mimeinfo.cache</filename> file in the <filename>applications</filename> subdirectory for each directory in <filename>$XDG_DATA_HOME:$XDG_DATA_DIRS</filename>. The cache file is necessary so that all the <filename>.desktop</filename> files do not need to be scanned for just the <literal>MimeType</literal> key, as this causes unnecessary disk I/O."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:811(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:811(para)
+msgid "Default applications to use for specific MIME types should be specified in a file called <filename>defaults.list</filename>. This file is located in the <filename>applications</filename> subdirectory for each directory in <envar>$XDG_DATA_HOME</envar> and <envar>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</envar>. The format for this file consists of the MIME type, the <literal>=</literal> symbol and the Desktop File ID (which is the filename for the desktop entry file). <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-registering-example\"/> is a short example of a <filename>defaults.list</filename> file in a user's <filename>~/.local/share/applications</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:823(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:823(title)
+msgid "A User's <filename>defaults.list</filename> file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:825(programlisting) ../C/mimetypes.xml:825(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "[Default Applications]\napplication/pdf=evince.desktop\ntext/html=epiphany.desktop\ntext/plain=gedit.desktop\nimage/jpeg=eog.desktop\nimage/png=eog.desktop\ntext/xml=gedit.desktop\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:836(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:836(title)
+msgid "XDG Desktop Entry Specification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:838(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:838(para)
+msgid "How to register MIME types for applications is part of the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/desktop-entry-spec\">XDG desktop entry specification</ulink>, rather than the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/shared-mime-info-spec\">XDG shared mime info specification</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:847(title) ../C/mimetypes.xml:847(title)
+msgid "Adding an Application to the GNOME Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:852(secondary) ../C/mimetypes.xml:852(secondary)
+msgid "adding applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:861(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:861(para)
+msgid "To add an application to the GNOME Desktop, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:866(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:866(para)
+msgid "Add a menu item for the application. For more information on how to add an item to a menu, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-2\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:872(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:872(para)
+msgid "Add an icon for the application to <filename>/usr/share/icons/<replaceable>theme-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>icon-size</replaceable>/apps</filename>. For more information on icons and themes, see <xref linkend=\"themes-11\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:879(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:879(para)
+msgid "If the application uses a new MIME type, add a source XML file to the MIME database. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-modifying\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:885(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:885(para)
+msgid "If the application uses a new MIME type, add an icon for the MIME type to <filename>/usr/share/icons/<replaceable>theme-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>icon-size</replaceable>/mimetypes</filename>. For more information on icons and themes, see <xref linkend=\"themes-0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:893(para) ../C/mimetypes.xml:893(para)
+msgid "To associate the application with a MIME type, include a <literal>MimeType</literal> key in your <filename>.desktop</filename> file. For more information, see <xref linkend=\"mimetypes-registering\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title) ../C/screensavers.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Setting Screensavers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:4(para)
+msgid "This chapter describes how to set preferences for the screensaver. This chapter also provides information on how to modify the displays that are available for the screensaver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(title) ../C/screensavers.xml:9(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Screensavers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:16(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:27(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:40(primary) ../C/screensavers.xml:11(primary) ../C/screensavers.xml:16(see) ../C/screensavers.xml:27(primary) ../C/screensavers.xml:40(primary)
+msgid "screensavers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:15(primary) ../C/screensavers.xml:15(primary)
+msgid "gnome-screensaver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:18(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:18(para)
+msgid "A <firstterm>screensaver</firstterm> is an application that replaces the image on a screen when the screen is not in use. The screensaver application for the GNOME Desktop is <application>gnome-screensaver</application>. The following sections describe how to set preferences for the <application>gnome-screensaver</application> application, and how to change the themes that are available for the screensaver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:25(title) ../C/screensavers.xml:25(title)
+msgid "Setting Screensaver Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:28(secondary) ../C/screensavers.xml:28(secondary)
+msgid "setting preferences"
+msgstr "establecer preferencias"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:30(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:30(para)
+msgid "All screensaver preferences and settings are stored in <application>GConf</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:31(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:31(para)
+msgid "To modify screensaver application preferences, users can use the <application>Screensaver</application> preference tool. For information on screensaver preferences, see <citetitle>GNOME Desktop User's Guide</citetitle>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:32(para)
+msgid "Users can also run the command <command>/usr/bin/gnome-screensaver-preferences</command> to open the <guilabel>Screensaver Preferences</guilabel> dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:34(para)
+msgid "To set default screensaver settings and policy for all users, modify the screensaver settings in the Default GConf Configuration Source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:35(para)
+msgid "To set mandatory screensaver settings and policy for all users, modify the screensaver settings in the Mandatory GConf Configuration Source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(title) ../C/screensavers.xml:38(title)
+msgid "Modifying Screensaver Themes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(secondary) ../C/screensavers.xml:41(secondary)
+msgid "modifying screensaver themes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:43(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:43(para)
+msgid "The screensaver application allows users to choose one or more <firstterm>screensaver themes</firstterm>. A screensaver theme is an application that displays images on the screen of the user when the screen is not in use. The available screensaver themes are listed in the <application>Screensaver</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:47(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:47(para)
+msgid "To add a new screensaver theme, copy the executable file for the <firstterm>screensaver theme engine</firstterm> to somewhere in your PATH or into the screensaver theme engine executable directory. The screensaver theme engine executable directory for your system can be determined using the following command: <screen><userinput>pkg-config --variable=privlibexecdir gnome-screensaver</userinput></screen> Next, add a <filename>.desktop</filename> file for the theme into the screensaver themes directory. The screensaver themes directory for your system can be determined using the following command: <screen><userinput>pkg-config --variable=themesdir gnome-screensaver</userinput></screen> In the Exec field of the <filename>.desktop</filename> file include any arguments that are required to run the screensaver theme on the whole screen, rather than in a window. For example, some legacy screensaver theme engines may require you to include the <literal>-root</literal> option to display the screensaver display on the whole screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:59(para)
+msgid "The <application>Screensaver</application> infrastructure implements themes according to the <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards/menu-spec\">XDG menu specification</ulink>. By supporting this specification, GNOME allows you to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:66(para)
+msgid "Customize the themes easily. You can edit a small number of files to customize the available themes. You do not need to modify your applications or move files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:72(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:72(para)
+msgid "Install themes easily. You do not need to provide information about the system when you install the themes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:78(para)
+msgid "Configure the system so that users cannot modify the themes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para) ../C/screensavers.xml:82(para)
+msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"menustructure-0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title) ../C/sessions.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Session Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para) ../C/sessions.xml:4(para)
+msgid "This chapter introduces session management, and describes how to set session defaults. The chapter also contains information on sessions and login scripts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(title) ../C/sessions.xml:9(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Sessions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:11(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:40(primary) ../C/sessions.xml:11(primary) ../C/sessions.xml:40(primary)
+msgid "sessions"
+msgstr "sesiones"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(para) ../C/sessions.xml:14(para)
+msgid "A session occurs between the time that a user logs in to the GNOME Desktop and the time that the user logs out. The session manager starts after the <application>Login Manager</application> authenticates the user. The session manager enables the user to manage the session. For example, a user can save the state of a session and return to that session the next time that the user logs in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:20(para) ../C/sessions.xml:20(para)
+msgid "At a minimum, the following applications run in a session:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(para) ../C/sessions.xml:23(para)
+msgid "The session manager, <command>gnome-session</command>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(para) ../C/sessions.xml:26(para)
+msgid "The <application>GConf</application> X settings daemon, <command>gnome-settings-daemon</command>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(para) ../C/sessions.xml:29(para)
+msgid "The <application>gnome-panel</application> application, which runs the panels in the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:33(para) ../C/sessions.xml:33(para)
+msgid "The <application>Metacity</application> window manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(title) ../C/sessions.xml:38(title)
+msgid "Setting Session Defaults"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(secondary) ../C/sessions.xml:41(secondary)
+msgid "setting defaults"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:43(para) ../C/sessions.xml:43(para)
+msgid "The following table lists the files that contain default session information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para) ../C/sessions.xml:52(para)
+msgid "File"
+msgstr "Archivo"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:63(filename) ../C/sessions.xml:63(filename)
+msgid "/usr/share/gnome/default.session"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:67(para) ../C/sessions.xml:67(para)
+msgid "Default session file. Default session details are stored in this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:74(filename) ../C/sessions.xml:74(filename)
+msgid "$HOME/.gnome2/session"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(para) ../C/sessions.xml:78(para)
+msgid "User session file. When a user modifies the session, the details are stored in this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. The last row does not appear to be true in Mercury - check.
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(para) ../C/sessions.xml:86(para)
+msgid "To set default session details for all users, modify the default session file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:88(para) ../C/sessions.xml:88(para)
+msgid "To restore the default session settings for a user, delete the session file from the home directory of the user. If no user session file is present, the default settings in <filename>/usr/share/gnome/default.session</filename> are used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:92(para) ../C/sessions.xml:92(para)
+msgid "To save the current session as the default session, users can run the <command>gnome-session-save</command> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title) ../C/help.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Help System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para) ../C/help.xml:4(para)
+msgid "This chapter describes the Help system in the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:7(title) ../C/help.xml:7(title)
+msgid "Introduction to the Help System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(primary) ../C/help.xml:9(primary)
+msgid "online Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:13(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:71(primary) ../C/help.xml:10(see) ../C/help.xml:13(primary) ../C/help.xml:38(primary) ../C/help.xml:71(primary)
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Ayuda"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:16(para) ../C/help.xml:16(para)
+msgid "The GNOME Desktop displays help in the <application>Yelp</application> Help browser. For more information, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?yelp\">Yelp Help Browser</ulink> in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide\">GNOME Desktop User Guide</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:19(para) ../C/help.xml:19(para)
+msgid "The source documents for the help are XML files. The XML files are written to the DocBook XML Version 4.1.2 document type definition (DTD). The DocBook XML files are converted to HTML using stylesheets installed with <application> gnome-doc-utils</application> and the HTML is displayed in the help browser. For more information on DocBook XML, see the following URL:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:25(ulink) ../C/help.xml:25(ulink)
+msgid "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:27(para) ../C/help.xml:27(para)
+msgid "The Help system uses <firstterm>Open Source Metadata Framework</firstterm> (OMF) files, and a cataloging system. The next sections describe OMF files and the cataloging system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(title) ../C/help.xml:32(title)
+msgid "OMF Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(primary) ../C/help.xml:34(primary)
+msgid ".omf files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:39(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:42(primary) ../C/help.xml:35(see) ../C/help.xml:39(secondary) ../C/help.xml:42(primary)
+msgid "OMF files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para) ../C/help.xml:44(para)
+msgid "The XML file for each manual has an associated OMF file. The OMF file contains information about the manual that is used by the Help browser. OMF files have a <filename>.omf</filename> extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:48(para) ../C/help.xml:48(para)
+msgid "When you install an application, the installation process installs an OMF file to a directory of OMF files. If a Help document has an associated OMF file in an OMF file directory, the Help document is displayed in the Help browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para) ../C/help.xml:52(para)
+msgid "OMF files contain information about Help documents such as the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:55(para) ../C/help.xml:55(para)
+msgid "The location of the XML file for the Help document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(para) ../C/help.xml:58(para)
+msgid "The title of the Help document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:61(para) ../C/help.xml:61(para)
+msgid "A subject category to which the Help document belongs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:64(para) ../C/help.xml:64(para)
+msgid "For more information on how to create OMF files, please see <ulink url=\"ghelp:writing_scrollkeeper_omf_files\">Writing Scrollkeeper OMF Files</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:69(title) ../C/help.xml:69(title)
+msgid "ScrollKeeper Cataloging System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:72(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(primary) ../C/help.xml:72(secondary) ../C/help.xml:75(primary)
+msgid "ScrollKeeper cataloging system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:77(para) ../C/help.xml:77(para)
+msgid "<application>ScrollKeeper</application> is a cataloging system for documentation. Its primary function is to manage the information in OMF files for the help browser. When you install an application, the OMF file is copied to the <filename><replaceable>$prefix</replaceable>/share/omf/<replaceable>&lt;application-name&gt;</replaceable></filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:85(para) ../C/help.xml:85(para)
+msgid "<application>ScrollKeeper</application> builds a table of contents from the collection of OMF files in the directories specified in <filename><replaceable>$prefix</replaceable>/etc/scrollkeeper.conf</filename> file. This file usually consists of a single line with the <varname>OMF_DIR</varname> set to a comma separated list of directories to recursively search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(programlisting) ../C/help.xml:91(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "OMF_DIR=/usr/share/omf:/usr/local/share/omf:/opt/gnome2/share/omf:/opt/kde/omf\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para) ../C/help.xml:94(para)
+msgid "<application>ScrollKeeper</application> contains a hierarchy of subject categories to which a help document can belong. The subject category of the document in the OMF file determines the location of the document in the table of contents presented by the help browser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(para) ../C/help.xml:99(para)
+msgid "The hierarchy of subject categories is defined in the file <filename><replaceable>$prefix</replaceable>/scrollkeeper/Templates/<replaceable>&lt;lang&gt;</replaceable>/scrollkeeper_cl.xml</filename>. The subject category of a document must correspond to a category specified in this file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:104(para) ../C/help.xml:104(para)
+msgid "For more information on the <application>Scrollkeeper</application> system, visit the website at <ulink url=\"http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/\">http://scrollkeeper.sourceforge.net/</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:110(para) ../C/help.xml:110(para)
+msgid "If the help document XML file is moved to a new location, then the location in the OMF file needs to be updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title) ../C/performance.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Improving Performance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para) ../C/performance.xml:4(para)
+msgid "This chapter describes how to improve the performance of the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:8(title) ../C/performance.xml:8(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Improving Performance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(primary) ../C/performance.xml:10(primary) ../C/performance.xml:26(primary)
+msgid "performance, improving"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:13(para) ../C/performance.xml:13(para)
+msgid "This chapter lists several preferences whose settings you can change to improve the performance of the GNOME Desktop. You can use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command to set values for preferences for users. The example commands in this chapter show how to set values in the user configuration source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:18(para) ../C/performance.xml:18(para)
+msgid "You can also use the <literal>--direct</literal> and <literal>--config-source</literal> options to set mandatory values or default values for preferences. You can also use the <command>gconftool-2</command> command in a script to set the values of many preferences. For more information on the <command>gconftool-2</command> command and the options that are available with the command, see <xref linkend=\"gconf-0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:24(title) ../C/performance.xml:24(title)
+msgid "Reducing CPU Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:27(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:27(secondary)
+msgid "reducing CPU usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:31(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:36(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:413(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:468(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:473(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:31(primary) ../C/performance.xml:36(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:413(primary) ../C/performance.xml:468(primary) ../C/performance.xml:473(secondary)
+msgid "reducing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:32(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:35(primary) ../C/performance.xml:32(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:35(primary)
+msgid "CPU usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(para) ../C/performance.xml:38(para)
+msgid "This section describes preferences that you can set to reduce CPU usage by the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(title) ../C/performance.xml:41(title)
+msgid "To Use Theme Options Which Require Less CPU Resources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:45(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:49(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:112(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:130(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:45(tertiary) ../C/performance.xml:49(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:112(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:130(secondary)
+msgid "and CPU usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:51(para) ../C/performance.xml:51(para)
+msgid "Some window frame theme options load image files to draw the window frame. Other options use simpler techniques to draw the window frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:54(para) ../C/performance.xml:54(para)
+msgid "The Crux window frame option loads image files, and can be slow on systems with limited CPU resources. To reduce CPU usage, use one of the following window frame options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:444(para) ../C/performance.xml:59(para) ../C/performance.xml:444(para)
+msgid "Atlanta"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:62(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:447(para) ../C/performance.xml:62(para) ../C/performance.xml:447(para)
+msgid "Esco"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(para) ../C/performance.xml:65(para)
+msgid "The following window frame options also use less CPU resources than Crux:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:69(para) ../C/performance.xml:69(para)
+msgid "AgingGorilla"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:72(para) ../C/performance.xml:72(para)
+msgid "Bright"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(para) ../C/performance.xml:75(para)
+msgid "Metabox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:79(para) ../C/performance.xml:79(para)
+msgid "Metabox does not work well with inverse controls options such as HighContrastInverse. Use Atlanta with inverse controls options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para) ../C/performance.xml:82(para)
+msgid "<indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>window frame options</secondary><tertiary>changing</tertiary></indexterm>To change the window frame theme option, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:84(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:84(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type string \\\n--set /apps/metacity/general/theme <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:87(para) ../C/performance.xml:87(para)
+msgid "For example, to use Atlanta, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:88(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:88(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type string \\\n--set /apps/metacity/general/theme Atlanta"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(para) ../C/performance.xml:91(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Theme</application> preference tool to select the appropriate option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para) ../C/performance.xml:94(para)
+msgid "You can use the <application>Metacity Theme Viewer</application> to measure the performance of a window frame option, and to preview the option. To start <application>Metacity Theme Viewer</application>, use the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:98(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:98(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "metacity-theme-viewer <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(para) ../C/performance.xml:99(para)
+msgid "For example, to measure the performance of Atlanta and preview Atlanta, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:101(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:101(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "metacity-theme-viewer Atlanta"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(title) ../C/performance.xml:105(title)
+msgid "To Reduce CPU Usage by Turning Off Display of Icons in Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:107(primary) ../C/performance.xml:107(primary)
+msgid "icons, in menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:108(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:111(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:115(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:455(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:533(primary) ../C/performance.xml:108(see) ../C/performance.xml:111(primary) ../C/performance.xml:115(primary) ../C/performance.xml:455(primary) ../C/performance.xml:533(primary)
+msgid "menu icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:116(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:383(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:116(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:383(secondary)
+msgid "turning off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:118(para) ../C/performance.xml:118(para)
+msgid "Some items in menus display an icon beside the item. To turn off this feature, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:120(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:120(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type bool \\\n--set /desktop/gnome/interface/menus_have_icons false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:123(para) ../C/performance.xml:123(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Menus &amp; Toolbars</application> preference tool to deselect the <guilabel>Show icons in menus</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:127(title) ../C/performance.xml:127(title)
+msgid "To Reduce CPU Usage by Turning Off the Splash Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:132(para) ../C/performance.xml:132(para)
+msgid "By default, when users log in to the desktop environment, a splash screen is displayed. Icons are displayed on the splash screen while the user logs in. You can turn off the splash screen to reduce CPU usage during login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:136(para) ../C/performance.xml:136(para)
+msgid "<indexterm><primary>splash screen</primary><secondary>turning off</secondary></indexterm>To turn off the splash screen, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:137(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:137(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type bool \\\n--set /apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:140(para) ../C/performance.xml:140(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool to deselect the <guilabel>Show splash screen on login</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:145(title) ../C/performance.xml:145(title)
+msgid "To Reduce CPU Usage by Turning Off Panel Animation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:148(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:148(secondary)
+msgid "animation, turning off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:150(para) ../C/performance.xml:150(para)
+msgid "When users show or hide panels, the panels can show or hide in an animated style. To turn off panel animation, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:152(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:152(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type bool \\\n--set /apps/panel/global/enable_animations false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:155(para) ../C/performance.xml:155(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Panel</application> preference tool to deselect the <guilabel>Drawer and panel animation</guilabel> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:159(title) ../C/performance.xml:159(title)
+msgid "Improving File Manager Performance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:161(primary) ../C/performance.xml:161(primary)
+msgid "Nautilus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:162(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:169(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:351(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:378(primary) ../C/performance.xml:162(see) ../C/performance.xml:169(primary) ../C/performance.xml:351(primary) ../C/performance.xml:378(primary)
+msgid "file manager"
+msgstr "gestor de archivos"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:164(para) ../C/performance.xml:164(para)
+msgid "The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager includes some features that you can modify to improve performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:167(title) ../C/performance.xml:167(title)
+msgid "To Modify Performance Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:170(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:170(secondary)
+msgid "modifying performance preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:173(para) ../C/performance.xml:173(para)
+msgid "The file manager includes performance-related preferences. Each performance preference can take one of three values. The values are described in the following table:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:183(para) ../C/performance.xml:183(para)
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "Valor"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:194(literal) ../C/performance.xml:194(literal)
+msgid "always"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:198(para) ../C/performance.xml:198(para)
+msgid "Performs the action for both local files, and files on other file systems."
+msgstr "Realiza la acción tanto para archivos locales como para archivos en otros sistemas de archivos."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:205(literal) ../C/performance.xml:205(literal)
+msgid "local_only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:209(para) ../C/performance.xml:209(para)
+msgid "Performs the action for local files only. When you set a performance preference to <literal>local_only</literal>, the CPU usage is reduced."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:217(literal) ../C/performance.xml:217(literal)
+msgid "never"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:221(para) ../C/performance.xml:221(para)
+msgid "Never performs the action. When you set a performance preference to never, the CPU usage and the network traffic are reduced."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:228(para) ../C/performance.xml:228(para)
+msgid "The following table describes the performance preferences for the file manager. For the fastest performance, set the value of the preferences to <literal>never</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:237(para) ../C/performance.xml:237(para)
+msgid "Preference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:248(literal) ../C/performance.xml:248(literal)
+msgid "show_icon_text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:252(para) ../C/performance.xml:252(para)
+msgid "Specifies when to preview the content of text files in the icon that represents the file. To never preview the content of text files, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:255(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:255(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type string \\\n--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/show_icon_text never"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:258(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:283(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:307(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:331(para) ../C/performance.xml:258(para) ../C/performance.xml:283(para) ../C/performance.xml:307(para) ../C/performance.xml:331(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, users can perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:262(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:286(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:310(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:335(para) ../C/performance.xml:262(para) ../C/performance.xml:286(para) ../C/performance.xml:310(para) ../C/performance.xml:335(para)
+msgid "Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from a file manager window, then choose <guilabel>Preview</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:265(para) ../C/performance.xml:265(para)
+msgid "Select an option for the <guilabel>Show text in icons</guilabel> preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:274(literal) ../C/performance.xml:274(literal)
+msgid "show_directory_item_counts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:278(para) ../C/performance.xml:278(para)
+msgid "Specifies when to show the number of items in folders. To never show the number of items in folders, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:280(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:280(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type string \\\n--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/show_directory_item_counts never"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:289(para) ../C/performance.xml:289(para)
+msgid "Select an option for the <guilabel>Count number of items</guilabel> preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:298(literal) ../C/performance.xml:298(literal)
+msgid "show_image_thumbnails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:302(para) ../C/performance.xml:302(para)
+msgid "Specifies when to show thumbnails of image files. To never show thumbnails, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:304(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:304(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type string \\\n--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/show_image_thumbnails never"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:313(para) ../C/performance.xml:313(para)
+msgid "Select an option for the <guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel> preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:322(literal) ../C/performance.xml:322(literal)
+msgid "preview_sound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:326(para) ../C/performance.xml:326(para)
+msgid "Specifies when to preview the content of sound files. To never preview the content of sound files, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:328(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:328(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type string \\\n--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/preview_sound never"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:338(para) ../C/performance.xml:338(para)
+msgid "Select an option for the <guilabel>Preview sound files</guilabel> preference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:349(title) ../C/performance.xml:349(title)
+msgid "To Turn Off the Side Pane, Toolbar, and Location Bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:352(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:352(secondary)
+msgid "side pane, turning off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:354(para) ../C/performance.xml:354(para)
+msgid "The file manager includes preferences that enable you to turn off the side pane and the toolbar. To improve file manager performance, turn off the side pane and the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:357(para) ../C/performance.xml:357(para)
+msgid "To turn off the side pane, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:358(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:358(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type bool \\\n--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/start_with_sidebar false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:361(para) ../C/performance.xml:361(para)
+msgid "<indexterm><primary>file manager</primary><secondary>toolbar, turning off</secondary></indexterm>To turn off the toolbar, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:363(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:363(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type bool \\\n--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/start_with_toolbar false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:366(para) ../C/performance.xml:366(para)
+msgid "You can also turn off the location bar. Users can use the <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> keyboard shortcut to display a location bar when required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:368(para) ../C/performance.xml:368(para)
+msgid "<indexterm><primary>file manager</primary><secondary>location bar, turning off</secondary></indexterm>To turn off the location bar, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:371(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:371(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type bool \\\n--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/start_with_location_bar false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:376(title) ../C/performance.xml:376(title)
+msgid "To Turn Off the Desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:379(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:379(secondary)
+msgid "desktop, turning off"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:382(primary) ../C/performance.xml:382(primary)
+msgid "desktop"
+msgstr "escritorio"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:386(para) ../C/performance.xml:386(para)
+msgid "The file manager contains a preference that enables users to use <application>Nautilus</application> to manage the desktop. You can disable the desktop to improve performance. However, if you disable the desktop, you cannot do the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:392(para) ../C/performance.xml:392(para)
+msgid "Use the <guimenu>Desktop</guimenu> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:395(para) ../C/performance.xml:395(para)
+msgid "Use the file manager to change the pattern or color of the desktop background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:399(para) ../C/performance.xml:399(para)
+msgid "Use the desktop objects, such as <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>. The desktop objects are not displayed on the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:403(para) ../C/performance.xml:403(para)
+msgid "To disable the desktop, run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:404(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:404(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type bool \\\n--set /apps/nautilus/preferences/show_desktop false"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:411(title) ../C/performance.xml:411(title)
+msgid "Reducing X Window System Network Traffic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:414(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:414(secondary)
+msgid "X Window System network traffic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:417(primary) ../C/performance.xml:417(primary)
+msgid "X Window System network traffic, reducing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:421(primary) ../C/performance.xml:421(primary)
+msgid "network traffic, reducing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:423(para) ../C/performance.xml:423(para)
+msgid "This section describes preferences that you can set to reduce X Window System network traffic on the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:426(title) ../C/performance.xml:426(title)
+msgid "To Use Theme Options Which Create Less Network Traffic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:430(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:434(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:456(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:430(tertiary) ../C/performance.xml:434(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:456(secondary)
+msgid "and network traffic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:436(para) ../C/performance.xml:436(para)
+msgid "Remote display protocols do not transfer every pixel in a block of pixels if all pixels in the block are the same color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:439(para) ../C/performance.xml:439(para)
+msgid "To reduce X Window System network traffic, use a window frame theme option that uses solid colors. That is, use one of the following window frame options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:450(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:528(para) ../C/performance.xml:450(para) ../C/performance.xml:528(para)
+msgid "For information on how to change theme options, see <xref linkend=\"performance-3\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:453(title) ../C/performance.xml:453(title)
+msgid "To Reduce Network Traffic by Turning Off Display of Icons in Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:458(para) ../C/performance.xml:458(para)
+msgid "Some items in menus display an icon beside the item. If the icon is located on another file system, this feature can increase X Window System network traffic. This feature can also increase X Window System network traffic if the panels are displayed on a remote host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:462(para) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:539(para) ../C/performance.xml:462(para) ../C/performance.xml:539(para)
+msgid "For information on how to turn off this feature, see <xref linkend=\"performance-2\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:466(title) ../C/performance.xml:466(title)
+msgid "Reducing Color Usage and Improving Display Quality"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:469(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:472(primary) ../C/performance.xml:469(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:472(primary)
+msgid "color usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:476(primary) ../C/performance.xml:476(primary)
+msgid "display quality, improving"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:478(para) ../C/performance.xml:478(para)
+msgid "Many modern computer systems support 24-bit color, that is, 16,777,216 colors. However, many users still use systems that support 8-bit color, that is, 256 colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:481(para) ../C/performance.xml:481(para)
+msgid "The GNOME Desktop uses the <firstterm>websafe color palette</firstterm>. This palette is a general-purpose palette of 216 colors, which is designed to optimize the use of color on systems that support 8-bit color. However, some visual components of the GNOME Desktop are designed for systems that support 24-bit color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:486(para) ../C/performance.xml:486(para)
+msgid "The following display problems might occur on systems that support 8-bit color:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:490(para) ../C/performance.xml:490(para)
+msgid "Windows, icons, and background images might appear grainy. Many themes, background images, and icons use colors that are not in the websafe color palette. The colors that are not in the palette are replaced with the nearest equivalent or a dithered approximation. This use of replacement colors causes the grainy appearance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:497(para) ../C/performance.xml:497(para)
+msgid "Applications that do not use the websafe color palette have less colors available. Color errors might occur. Some colors might not appear in the user interface of the application. Some applications might crash if the application cannot allocate colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:503(para) ../C/performance.xml:503(para)
+msgid "Color flashing might occur when users switch between applications that use the websafe color palette, and applications that do not use this palette. The applications that do not use the websafe color palette might use a custom colormap. When the custom colormap is used, other visual components might lose colors, then become unviewable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:510(para) ../C/performance.xml:510(para)
+msgid "The following sections describe how to optimize the appearance of the GNOME Desktop for systems that support 8-bit color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:513(title) ../C/performance.xml:513(title)
+msgid "To Use Theme Options That Use the Websafe Color Palette"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:517(tertiary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:521(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:534(secondary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:545(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:517(tertiary) ../C/performance.xml:521(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:534(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:545(secondary)
+msgid "and color usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:523(para) ../C/performance.xml:523(para)
+msgid "Some window frame theme options use colors that are in the websafe color palette. Bright and Esco use colors from the websafe color palette. Bright and Esco do not have the grainy appearance of other window frame options on 8-bit color displays. Use Bright or Esco for the best color display on 8-bit visual modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:531(title) ../C/performance.xml:531(title)
+msgid "To Reduce Color Usage by Turning Off Display of Icons in Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:536(para) ../C/performance.xml:536(para)
+msgid "Some items in menus display an icon beside the item. If the icon contains colors that are not in the websafe color palette, this feature can increase the number of colors used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:542(title) ../C/performance.xml:542(title)
+msgid "To Reduce Color Usage by Turning Off the Splash Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:547(para) ../C/performance.xml:547(para)
+msgid "You can turn off the splash screen to make more colors available for the GNOME Desktop and for applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:549(para) ../C/performance.xml:549(para)
+msgid "For information on how to turn off the splash screen, see <xref linkend=\"performance-6\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:552(title) ../C/performance.xml:552(title)
+msgid "To Reduce Color Usage by Using a Solid Color for the Background"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:555(secondary) ../C/performance.xml:555(secondary)
+msgid "using solid color"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:557(para) ../C/performance.xml:557(para)
+msgid "Use a solid color for the desktop background. Use of a solid color reduces the number of colors used by the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:559(para) ../C/performance.xml:559(para)
+msgid "To set a solid color for the background, run the following commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:560(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:560(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type string \\\n--set /desktop/gnome/background/picture_options none"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:563(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:563(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type string \\\n--set /desktop/gnome/background/color_shading_type solid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:568(replaceable) ../C/performance.xml:568(replaceable)
+msgid "hexadecimal-color"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:566(userinput) ../C/performance.xml:566(userinput)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "gconftool-2 \\\n--type string \\\n--set /desktop/gnome/background/primary_color #<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:569(para) ../C/performance.xml:569(para)
+msgid "Alternatively, users can use the <application>Background</application> preference tool to choose a solid color for the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Disabling GNOME Desktop Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:4(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:4(para)
+msgid "This chapter describes how to disable particular features of the GNOME Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:8(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:8(title)
+msgid "Introduction to Disabling GNOME Desktop Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:15(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:33(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:37(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:135(primary) ../C/lockdown.xml:10(primary) ../C/lockdown.xml:15(see) ../C/lockdown.xml:33(primary) ../C/lockdown.xml:37(primary) ../C/lockdown.xml:65(primary) ../C/lockdown.xml:135(primary)
+msgid "disabling features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(primary) ../C/lockdown.xml:14(primary)
+msgid "lockdown"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:17(para)
+msgid "The GNOME Desktop includes features that you can use to restrict access to certain functions in the GNOME Desktop. The disable features are useful in various situations where you want to restrict the actions that users can perform on a computer. For example, you might want to prevent command line operations on a computer that is for public use at a trade show. The disable features are also known as <emphasis>lockdown</emphasis> features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:23(para)
+msgid "You set <application>GConf</application> keys to disable features. For information about how to set <application>GConf</application> keys, see <xref linkend=\"gconf-0\"/>. You can also use the <application>Configuration Editor</application> application to set <application>GConf</application> keys in a user configuration source. For more information about the <application>Configuration Editor</application> application, see the <citetitle>GConf Editor Manual</citetitle>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:29(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:29(title)
+msgid "Locking Down Setting Manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:31(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:31(title)
+msgid "To Disable Lock Screen and Log Out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(secondary) ../C/lockdown.xml:34(secondary)
+msgid "lock screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:38(secondary) ../C/lockdown.xml:38(secondary)
+msgid "log out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:41(para)
+msgid "To disable the lock screen and log out functions, set the <literal>/apps/panel/global/disable_lock_screen</literal> key and the <literal>/apps/panel/global/disable_log_out</literal> key to <literal>true</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:42(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:42(para)
+msgid "When you disable the lock screen and log out functions, the following items are removed from the panels:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:47(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:47(para)
+msgid "<guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Log Out <replaceable>user</replaceable></guimenuitem> menu items from the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:51(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:51(para)
+msgid "<guimenuitem>Lock</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Log Out</guimenuitem> menu items from the <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Actions</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu. To open this menu, right-click on a vacant space on a panel, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Actions</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:56(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:56(para)
+msgid "<guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Log Out <replaceable>user</replaceable></guimenuitem> menu items from the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu in the <application>Menu Bar</application> applet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:60(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:60(para)
+msgid "Also, any <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> buttons and <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> buttons on panels are disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:63(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:63(title)
+msgid "To Disable Command Line Operations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:66(secondary) ../C/lockdown.xml:66(secondary)
+msgid "command line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:68(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:68(para)
+msgid "To disable operations from a command line, set the <literal>/desktop/gnome/lockdown/disable_command_line</literal> key to <literal>true</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:69(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:69(para)
+msgid "When you disable command line operations, the following changes occur in the user interface:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:73(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:73(para)
+msgid "The <guimenuitem>Run Application</guimenuitem> menu item is removed from the following menus:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:78(guimenu) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:116(guimenu) ../C/lockdown.xml:78(guimenu) ../C/lockdown.xml:116(guimenu)
+msgid "Main Menu"
+msgstr "Menú principal"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:82(para)
+msgid "<guimenu>Actions</guimenu> submenu in the <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu> menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:86(para)
+msgid "<guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu in the <application>Menu Bar</application> applet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:91(para)
+msgid "Any <guibutton>Run</guibutton> buttons on panels are disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:94(para)
+msgid "To disable command line operations, you must also remove menu items that start terminal applications. For example, you might want to remove menu items that contain the following commands from the menus:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:99(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:99(para)
+msgid "<application>GNOME Terminal</application> command, that is <command>/usr/bin/gnome-terminal</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:103(command) ../C/lockdown.xml:103(command)
+msgid "/usr/bin/xterm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:108(command) ../C/lockdown.xml:108(command)
+msgid "/usr/bin/setterm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:112(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:112(para)
+msgid "The items are removed from the following menus:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:122(guimenu) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:148(guimenuitem) ../C/lockdown.xml:122(guimenu) ../C/lockdown.xml:148(guimenuitem)
+msgid "Add to Panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:123(guimenuitem) ../C/lockdown.xml:123(guimenuitem)
+msgid "Launcher from menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:128(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:128(para)
+msgid "To disable command line operations, you must also disable the <application>Command Line</application> applet. To disable the <application>Command Line</application> applet, add the applet to the <literal>/apps/panel/global/disabled_applets</literal> key. When you disable the <application>Command Line</application> applet, the <application>Command Line</application> applet is removed from the <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> and the <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu><guimenuitem>Utility</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:133(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:133(title)
+msgid "To Disable Panel Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:136(secondary) ../C/lockdown.xml:136(secondary)
+msgid "panel configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:138(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:138(para)
+msgid "To disable panel configuration, set the <literal>/apps/panel/global/locked_down</literal> key to <literal>true</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:139(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:139(para)
+msgid "When you disable panel configuration, the following changes occur in the user interface:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:143(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:143(para)
+msgid "The following items are removed from the panel popup menu, and from the drawer popup menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:153(guimenuitem) ../C/lockdown.xml:153(guimenuitem)
+msgid "Delete This Panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:158(guimenuitem) ../C/lockdown.xml:158(guimenuitem)
+msgid "Properties"
+msgstr "Propiedades"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:163(guimenuitem) ../C/lockdown.xml:163(guimenuitem)
+msgid "New Panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:169(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:169(para)
+msgid "The launcher popup menu is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:172(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:172(para)
+msgid "The following items are removed from the applet popup menu:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:176(guimenuitem) ../C/lockdown.xml:176(guimenuitem)
+msgid "Remove From Panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:181(guimenuitem) ../C/lockdown.xml:181(guimenuitem)
+msgid "Lock"
+msgstr "Bloquear"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:186(guimenuitem) ../C/lockdown.xml:186(guimenuitem)
+msgid "Move"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:192(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:192(para)
+msgid "The <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> popup menu is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:195(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:195(para)
+msgid "The launcher drag feature is disabled, so that users cannot drag launchers to, or from, panels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:199(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:199(para)
+msgid "The panel drag feature is disabled, so that users cannot drag panels to new locations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:206(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:206(title)
+msgid "Lockdown Editor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:208(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:208(para)
+msgid "As of GNOME 2.14, a graphical lockdown editor called <application>Pessulus</application> has been included to ease the task of disabling desktop settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:213(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:213(title)
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr "Inicio"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:215(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:215(para)
+msgid "To run the lockdown editor:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:219(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:219(para)
+msgid "Click the <menuchoice><guimenu>Desktop</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Lockdown Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:229(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:229(para)
+msgid "Run the <command>pessulus</command> command in a terminal window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:234(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:234(para)
+msgid "You will see a window with several different tabs. Each of the tabs represents a different category of desktop settings that can be disabled. In the next section, we will discuss each category and provide a brief description for each setting that can be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:241(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:241(title)
+msgid "Disabling Features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:243(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:243(para)
+msgid "To disable a setting, make sure the checkbox next to the setting's description is checked. Most settings will take effect immediately, however some settings will require that the application be restarted in order to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:248(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:248(para)
+msgid "When <application>pessulus</application> starts, it will try to get a connection to the GConf mandatory configuration source. This address for this configuration source is <literal>xml:merged:<replaceable>$prefix</replaceable>/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory</literal>. If the user that is running <application>pessulus</application> has access to this configuration source, then a lock icon will be displayed next to the checkbox for each setting. Clicking the lock will toggle whether or not the setting is mandatory. If the setting is mandatory, then regular users will not be able to change or override the setting. If the user running pessulus does not have access to the mandatory configuration source, then the lock icon will not appear. In this case, all disabled settings will simply be stored in the user's default configuration source and can be modified later using other tools such as <application>gconf-editor</application> or <application>gconftool-2</application>. For more information on GConf and mandatory configuration sources, see <xref linkend=\"gconf-26\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:265(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:265(para)
+msgid "The following subsections will give a brief description of the settings that can be disabled for each category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:269(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:269(para)
+msgid "Depending on the applications you have installed, you may see fewer categories than those described in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:274(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:274(title)
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "General"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:278(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:278(term)
+msgid "Disable command line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:281(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:281(para)
+msgid "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run Application\" dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:288(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:288(term)
+msgid "Disable printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:291(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:291(para)
+msgid "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications' \"Print\" dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:297(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:297(term)
+msgid "Disable print setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:300(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:300(para)
+msgid "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:307(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:307(term)
+msgid "Disable save to disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:310(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:310(para)
+msgid "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:319(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:319(title)
+msgid "Panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:323(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:323(term)
+msgid "Lock down the panels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:326(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:326(para)
+msgid "If true, the panel will not allow any changes to the configuration of the panel. Individual applets may need to be locked down separately however. The panel must be restarted for this to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:334(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:334(term)
+msgid "Disable force quit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:337(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:337(para)
+msgid "If true, the panel will not allow a user to force an application to quit by removing access to the force quit button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:344(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:344(term)
+msgid "Disable lock screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:347(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:347(para)
+msgid "If true, the panel will not allow a user to lock their screen, by removing access to the lock screen menu entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:353(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:353(term)
+msgid "Disable log out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:356(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:356(para)
+msgid "If true, the panel will not allow a user to log out, by removing access to the log out menu entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:364(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:364(title)
+msgid "Epiphany Web Browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:368(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:368(term)
+msgid "Disable quit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:371(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:371(para)
+msgid "User is not allowed to close Epiphany."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:376(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:376(term)
+msgid "Disable arbitrary URL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:379(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:379(para)
+msgid "Disable the user's ability to type in a URL to Epiphany."
+msgstr "Desactiva la capacidad del usuario de teclear una URL en Epiphany."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:385(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:385(term)
+msgid "Disable bookmark editing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:388(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:388(para)
+msgid "Disable the user's ability to add or edit bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:393(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:393(term)
+msgid "Disable history"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:396(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:396(para)
+msgid "Disable all historical information by disabling back and forward navigation, not allowing the history dialog and hiding the most used bookmarks list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:403(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:403(term)
+msgid "Disable javascript chrome"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:406(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:406(para)
+msgid "Disable JavaScript's control over window chrome."
+msgstr "Desactivar el control de JavaScript sobre la ventana chrome."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:411(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:411(term)
+msgid "Disable toolbar editing"
+msgstr "Desactivar edición de barras de herramientas"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:414(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:414(para)
+msgid "Disable the user's ability to edit toolbars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:419(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:419(term)
+msgid "Force fullscreen mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:422(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:422(para)
+msgid "Locks Epiphany in fullscreen mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:427(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:427(term)
+msgid "Hide menubar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:430(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:430(para)
+msgid "Hide the menubar by default. The menubar can still be accessed using F10."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:436(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:436(term)
+msgid "Disable unsafe protocols"
+msgstr "Desactivar protocolos no seguros"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:439(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:439(para)
+msgid "Disables loading of content from unsafe protocols. Safe protocols are http and https."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:447(title) ../C/lockdown.xml:447(title)
+msgid "GNOME Screensaver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:451(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:451(term)
+msgid "Lock on activation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:454(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:454(para)
+msgid "Set this to TRUE to lock the screen when the screensaver goes active."
+msgstr ""
+"Ponga esto a TRUE para bloquear la pantalla cuando se activa el "
+"salvapantallas."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:460(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:460(term)
+msgid "Allow logout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:463(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:463(para)
+msgid "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in unlock dialog to logging out after a delay. The Delay is specified in the \"logout_delay\" key."
+msgstr ""
+"Ponga esto a TRUE para ofrecer una opción en el diálogo de desbloqueo "
+"para cerrar la sesión después de un intervalo de tiempo. El retardo se "
+"especifica en la clave \"logout_delay\"."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:470(term) ../C/lockdown.xml:470(term)
+msgid "Allow user switching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:473(para) ../C/lockdown.xml:473(para)
+msgid "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialog to switch to a different user account."
+msgstr ""
+"Ponga esto a TRUE para ofrecer una opción en el diálogo de desbloqueo "
+"para cambiar a una cuenta de usuario diferente."
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:3(title) ../C/appendixa.xml:3(title)
+msgid "Hidden Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:5(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:5(para)
+msgid "This appendix describes the hidden directories that the GNOME Desktop adds to the home directories of users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(primary) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:13(see) ../C/appendixa.xml:9(primary) ../C/appendixa.xml:13(see)
+msgid "hidden directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:12(primary) ../C/appendixa.xml:12(primary)
+msgid ".* directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:15(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:15(para)
+msgid "A hidden directory is a directory that has a name that begins with a period (.). <xref linkend=\"appendixa-TBL-2\"/> describes the hidden directories that the GNOME Desktop adds to the home directories of users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:19(title) ../C/appendixa.xml:19(title)
+msgid "Hidden Directories in User Home Directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:26(para)
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr "Directorio"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:37(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:37(filename)
+msgid ".config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:41(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:41(para)
+msgid "This is the default location for the environment variable <envar>XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar>, if it is not set. User defined menus can be created at <filename>menus/applications.menu</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:48(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:48(filename)
+msgid ".fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:52(para)
+msgid "Contains fonts specific to a particular user. When a user installs a font by dragging it to the <filename>fonts:///</filename> URI in nautilus, it is copied to this location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:59(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:59(filename)
+msgid ".esd_auth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:63(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:63(para)
+msgid "Contains the authentication cookie for the GNOME sound daemon. The GNOME sound daemon is the Enlightened Sound Daemon (ESD)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(emphasis) ../C/appendixa.xml:65(emphasis)
+msgid "NOTE: This is a file, not a directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:71(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:71(filename)
+msgid ".gconf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:75(para)
+msgid "Contains the <application>GConf</application> configuration source for the user. When the user sets a preference, the new preference information is added to this location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:83(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:83(filename)
+msgid ".gconfd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:87(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:87(para)
+msgid "Contains the following <application>GConf</application> daemon details:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:91(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:91(para)
+msgid "Configuration information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:94(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:94(para)
+msgid "Lock information for objects that are referenced by an <firstterm>Interoperable Object Reference (IOR)</firstterm>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:97(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:97(para)
+msgid "State information for objects that are referenced by an IOR."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:105(filename)
+msgid ".gnome"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:109(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:109(para)
+msgid "Contains user-specific application data that is not stored in the <application>GConf</application> repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:111(emphasis) ../C/appendixa.xml:111(emphasis)
+msgid "NOTE: this directory is deprecated and is only used by GNOME 1.x applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:118(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:118(filename)
+msgid ".gnome2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:122(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:122(para)
+msgid "Contains user-specific application data that is not stored in the <application>GConf</application> repository. For example, this directory contains the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:127(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:127(para)
+msgid "Keyboard shortcut information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:130(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:130(para)
+msgid "Window location information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:133(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:133(para)
+msgid "Desktop entry files for panel launchers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:136(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:136(para)
+msgid "This directory may also contain sub-directories that store application specific data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:143(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:143(filename)
+msgid ".gnome2-private"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:147(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:147(para)
+msgid "Ignore this directory. This directory has no function at the time of publication of this guide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:154(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:154(filename)
+msgid ".local/share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:158(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:158(para)
+msgid "This is the default location for the environment variable <envar>XDG_DATA_HOME</envar>, if it is not set. User defined desktop entries can be created in the subdirectory <filename>applications</filename>. User defined mime types can be created in <filename>mime/packages/Overrides.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:166(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:166(filename)
+msgid ".metacity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:170(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:170(para)
+msgid "Contains session data for the <application>Metacity</application> window manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:176(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:176(filename)
+msgid ".nautilus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:180(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:180(para)
+msgid "Contains file manager data that is specific to the user. For example, this directory can contain the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:184(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:184(para)
+msgid "Metadata for the directories with which the user works."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:188(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:188(para)
+msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> emblems that the user adds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:192(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:192(para)
+msgid "<application>Nautilus</application> desktop images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:200(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:200(filename)
+msgid ".themes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:204(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:204(para)
+msgid "Contains controls theme options, window frame theme options, and icons theme options that the user adds. The user can add themes from the <application>Theme</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:212(filename) ../C/appendixa.xml:212(filename)
+msgid ".thumbnails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:216(para) ../C/appendixa.xml:216(para)
+msgid "Contains image thumbnails for the user. The image thumbnails are used in the file manager. The file manager contains a preference that the user can select to stop generation of thumbnail images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:3(title) ../C/appendixb.xml:3(title)
+msgid "Security Note on Configuring SMB Printers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:5(para) ../C/appendixb.xml:5(para)
+msgid "This appendix provides a security note related to the configuration of printers on Windows network shares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:9(primary) ../C/appendixb.xml:9(primary)
+msgid "Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:10(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:14(see) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:17(primary) ../C/appendixb.xml:10(see) ../C/appendixb.xml:14(see) ../C/appendixb.xml:17(primary)
+msgid "SMB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:13(primary) ../C/appendixb.xml:13(primary)
+msgid "Windows network shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:18(secondary) ../C/appendixb.xml:18(secondary)
+msgid "configuring printers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:20(para) ../C/appendixb.xml:20(para)
+msgid "Windows network shares are also referred to as Samba or <firstterm>SMB</firstterm> shares. When you configure a printer on an SMB share, you must enter a username and password for the print queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:23(para) ../C/appendixb.xml:23(para)
+msgid "The username and password for the print queue is stored as unencrypted text in the file <filename>/etc/cups/printers.conf</filename>. This file has read-only permissions for users with root privileges, so any user with root privileges can read the username and password for the print queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:28(para) ../C/appendixb.xml:28(para)
+msgid "To reduce the impact of possible security violations, ensure that the username and password required to access the print queue is used only for the print queue. This ensures that any possible security violation is restricted to unauthorized use of the print queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:2(title) ../C/glossary.xml:2(title)
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glosario"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:22(filename) ../C/glossary.xml:22(filename)
+msgid ".desktop"
+msgstr ".desktop"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:22(glossterm) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(glossterm) ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:30(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:22(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:26(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:30(glossterm)
+msgid "<placeholder-1/> file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:26(filename) ../C/glossary.xml:26(filename)
+msgid ".directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:30(filename) ../C/glossary.xml:30(filename)
+msgid ".omf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:34(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:34(glossterm)
+msgid "application registry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:36(para) ../C/glossary.xml:36(para)
+msgid "The application registry is a collection of desktop entry files which register applications. The location of the application registry for the GNOME Desktop is <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS:$XDG_DATA_HOME/applications/</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:42(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:42(glossterm)
+msgid "desktop entry file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:44(para) ../C/glossary.xml:44(para)
+msgid "A data file that provides information about an item in a menu. The desktop entry file specifies the details for the item such as a name, a command to run, an icon, and so on. Desktop entry files have a <filename>.desktop</filename> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:50(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:50(glossterm)
+msgid "directory entry file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:52(para) ../C/glossary.xml:52(para)
+msgid "A data file that provides information about a menu. The directory entry file specifies details such as a name for the menu, a tooltip for the menu, and an icon to represent the menu. Directory entry files have a <filename>.directory</filename> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:58(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:58(glossterm)
+msgid "GConf configuration source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:60(para) ../C/glossary.xml:60(para)
+msgid "A storage location in the <application>GConf</application> repository. For example, <literal>xml:readonly:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.defaults</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:65(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:65(glossterm)
+msgid "GConf preference key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:67(para) ../C/glossary.xml:67(para)
+msgid "An element in the <application>GConf</application> repository that corresponds to an application preference. For example, the <literal>/apps/gnome-session/options/show_splash_screen</literal> key corresponds to the <guilabel>Show splash screen on login</guilabel> option in the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:73(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:73(glossterm)
+msgid "GConf path file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:75(para) ../C/glossary.xml:75(para)
+msgid "A file that lists the GConf configuration sources, and the order in which to search the sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:80(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:80(glossterm)
+msgid "GConf schema"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:82(para) ../C/glossary.xml:82(para)
+msgid "A collective term for a schema key and a schema object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:86(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:86(glossterm)
+msgid "GConf schema definition file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:88(para) ../C/glossary.xml:88(para)
+msgid "A <application>GConf</application> schema definition file lists the keys in a particular application, and defines the characteristics of the keys. <application>GConf</application> schemas are generated from schema definition files. Schema definition files have a <filename>.schemas</filename> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:96(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:96(glossterm)
+msgid "GConf schema key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:98(para) ../C/glossary.xml:98(para)
+msgid "A key that stores a schema object for a preference key. For example, <literal>/schemas/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</literal> is a schema key for the <literal>/desktop/gnome/interface/font_name</literal> preference key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:105(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:105(glossterm)
+msgid "GConf schema object"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:107(para) ../C/glossary.xml:107(para)
+msgid "An element in a configuration source that contains information about a preference key. The schema object contains information such as a default value for the preference key, and documentation on the preference key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:113(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:113(glossterm)
+msgid "glob pattern"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:115(para) ../C/glossary.xml:115(para)
+msgid "A glob pattern is used to match a file name by using special characters such as <literal>*</literal> and <literal>?</literal>. The MIME system uses glob patterns to assign MIME types based upon filenames and often, file extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:122(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:122(glossterm)
+msgid "Interoperable Object Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:124(para) ../C/glossary.xml:124(para)
+msgid "An Interoperable Object Reference (IOR) is a string reference to a CORBA object. An IOR encodes a hostname and port to which messages can be sent to control the object. The IOR also contains an object key to identify the object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:131(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:131(glossterm)
+msgid "magic rule"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:133(para) ../C/glossary.xml:133(para)
+msgid "A magic rule defines a file's MIME type by specifying text or binary data to search for at the beginning of the file. Offsets to look for this data are defined in a magic rule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:141(para) ../C/glossary.xml:141(para)
+msgid "Menu definition files define the hierarchy of menus that are used in the GNOME menu bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:146(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:146(glossterm)
+msgid "MIME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:148(para) ../C/glossary.xml:148(para)
+msgid "Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:152(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:152(glossterm)
+msgid "MIME source XML file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:154(para) ../C/glossary.xml:154(para)
+msgid "A MIME source XML file defines how MIME types are resolved for different kinds of files. There are three ways in which this can be done: using file extensions (glob patterns), using magic rules and using XML namespaces. MIME source XML files are located in the <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS:$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime/packages</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:161(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:161(glossterm)
+msgid "MIME type"
+msgstr "Tipo MIME"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:163(para) ../C/glossary.xml:163(para)
+msgid "A MIME type identifies the format of a file. The MIME type enables applications to read the file. For example, an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal> MIME type to detect that a Portable Networks Graphic (PNG) file is attached to an email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:170(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:170(glossterm)
+msgid "MIME type database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:172(para) ../C/glossary.xml:172(para)
+msgid "The MIME type database is a collection of files which register MIME types for the desktop environment. The location of the MIME type database is the directory <filename>$XDG_DATA_DIRS:$XDG_DATA_HOME/mime</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:179(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:179(glossterm)
+msgid "OMF file"
+msgstr "Archivo OMF"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:181(para) ../C/glossary.xml:181(para)
+msgid "Open Source Metadata Framework file. This is a file that is associated with the XML file for a manual. The OMF file contains information about the manual that is used by the Help browser. OMF files have a <filename>.omf</filename> file extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:187(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:187(glossterm)
+msgid "PAM"
+msgstr " PAM"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:189(para) ../C/glossary.xml:189(para)
+msgid "Pluggable Authentication Modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:193(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:193(glossterm)
+msgid "screensaver"
+msgstr "salvapantallas"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:195(para) ../C/glossary.xml:195(para)
+msgid "A screensaver is an application that replaces the image on a screen when the screen is not in use. The screensaver application for the GNOME Desktop is <application>XScreenSaver</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:201(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:201(glossterm)
+msgid "screensaver display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:203(para) ../C/glossary.xml:203(para)
+msgid "A screensaver display is an application that displays images on the screen of the user when the screen is not in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:208(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:208(glossterm)
+msgid "UDP"
+msgstr "UDP"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:210(para) ../C/glossary.xml:210(para)
+msgid "User Datagram Protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:214(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:214(glossterm)
+msgid "Uniform Resource Identifier"
+msgstr "Identificador uniforme de recursos"
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:216(para) ../C/glossary.xml:216(para)
+msgid "A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is a string that identifies a particular location in a file system or on the web. For example, the address of a web page is a URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:222(glossterm) ../C/glossary.xml:222(glossterm)
+msgid "websafe color palette"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../C/system-admin-guide.xml:224(para) ../C/glossary.xml:224(para)
+msgid "The websafe color palette is a general-purpose palette of 216 colors. The websafe color palette is designed to optimize the use of color on systems that support 8-bit color. The websafe color palette is also called the <emphasis>Netscape color palette</emphasis> and the <emphasis>Netscape color cube</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.
+#: ../C/appendixa.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr "Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>, 2006"
+